Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Food Distribution / US Foods

US Foods

usfd · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker usfd
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · US Foods
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
U
S
F
O
O
D
S

®

A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
2
3

9399 West Higgins Road, Suite 100

Rosemont, Illinois 60018

usfoods.com

2023

 
 
 
 
DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDER:

In January 2023, I had the honor of joining 
US Foods® as Chief Executive Officer. After 
more than a full year with this great company, 
I am even more confident and excited about 
our future. I attribute this confidence to the 
strong momentum we created by delivering 
against our long-range plan and to our 
30,000 dedicated associates who bring their 
foodservice expertise and tireless dedication 
to work every day.  

“AFTER MORE THAN A FULL 
YEAR WITH THIS GREAT 
COMPANY, I AM EVEN MORE 
CONFIDENT AND EXCITED 
ABOUT OUR FUTURE.”

At US Foods, our promise is to help our 
customers Make It. We achieve this by focusing 
on four key strategic pillars that I announced 
in 2023 to drive value for our customers, 
associates and you, our shareholders. 

CULTURE:  
We are committed to the safety of our 
associates and made significant strides 
in 2023 to reduce the number of vehicle 
accidents and associate injuries across our 
facilities, improving overall safety performance 

by 23%. Creating a supportive and inclusive 
workplace is also key to our success, and 
we increased our diverse talent pipeline by 
filling 51% of new or open leadership roles 
with women or people of color, exceeding 
our 40% goal. We also remain steadfast and 
responsible stewards of our planet, including 
our commitment to reducing absolute 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions by 32.5% by 2032 from our 2019 
climate goal base year and offering more 
sustainable and well-being Exclusive Brands 
products and Serve Good® responsible 
disposable products. 

SERVICE:  
We are dedicated to providing our customers 
with services that are reliable, efficient and 
easy to use. Our customer service levels 
are now in line with pre-Covid levels as we 
worked closely with our vendors to deliver 
consistent service. We are also taking 
proactive steps to further improve routing 
efficiency and reduce miles driven, while 
increasing cases per mile. In fact, in 2023, we 
delivered our best cases per mile in company 
history. Importantly, we boosted our digital 
leadership position through our new MOXē™ 
ecommerce platform that enables customers 
to place orders, manage inventory and check 
invoices all from the palm of their hand, while 
freeing up time for our sales teams to further 
accelerate growth. We have now embedded 
the MOXē™ platform across 100% of our 
local restaurant business and approximately 
50% of our national chain business.

GROWTH:  
In 2023, we drove Net sales growth of 4.5%. 
We exceeded our 1.5x restaurant market 
growth and grew independent cases by 
6.9% in 2023, consistently gaining share 
with independent restaurants enabled 
by technology and our service model 
advantages. And, we also grew share in 
both Healthcare and Hospitality, largely 
by converting our pipeline of customers 
into new business through innovation, 
such as our VITALS platform for acute care 
and senior living facilities. To bolster our 
footprint in key markets, we executed two 
tuck-in acquisitions: Renzi Foodservice and 
Saladino’s Foodservice. And we continued 
to differentiate ourselves through our fresh, 
on-trend and labor-saving Scoop™ product 
innovations and unique team-based selling 
model featuring our expert Chefs and 
Restaurant Operations Consultants.  

PROFIT:  
Driving margin, productivity and optimization 
are the key tenets of our Profit pillar. We are 
focused on growing our Exclusive Brands to 
drive margin expansion. And our new flexible 
schedules in our distribution centers are 
reducing costs associated with turnover 
and helping us accelerate productivity. 
Addressing costs of goods sold, managing 
pricing to help neutralize commodity volatility, 
optimizing indirect spend and enhancing our 
Supply Chain operations also contributed to 
increased Gross profit of 11.9% to $6.1 billion 
in 2023. As a result of our strategies, we grew 
Adjusted EBITDA 19.0% to a record $1.56 
billion and drove record EBITDA per case 
while expanding Adjusted EBITDA Margin  
by 53 basis points to 4.4%. 

We also maintain a disciplined approach to 
capital deployment. We reduced Net Debt by 
$238 million, reducing our leverage to 2.8 times, 
well within our stated range of 2.5-3.0 times. 
And we made significant progress in our $500 
million share repurchase program, purchasing 
approximately $300 million in 2023.  

In closing, I am pleased with our progress in 
2023 as we executed the four pillars of our 
strategy, which is driving increased safety, 
productivity and profitability – all as we live 
our Cultural Beliefs as a company. Even with 
this tremendous progress, we have a long 
runway of profitable growth and shareholder 
returns in front of us. I look forward to even 
greater success as we complete our current 
long-range plan by the end of 2024 and 
embark on our next exciting long-range plan 
that we will share in June.   

It is a true honor to serve as CEO of this great 
company, and I greatly value your support. We 
are in a strong position today, and I believe we 
have sustainable competitive advantages to 
outperform the market well into the future as we 
continue to do what we do best – helping our 
customers Make It every day. Thank you for your 
continued trust and confidence in US Foods.   

Sincerely,

General Counsel 

Executive Vice President 

Marla Gottschalk 

Dave Flitman 
Chief Executive Officer 

STOCKH OLDER INFOR MAT ION

Company Headquarters

US Foods Holding Corp.

9399 West Higgins Road, Suite 100

Rosemont, IL  60018

Auditors

Deloitte & Touche, LLP

111 South Wacker Drive

Chicago, IL 60606

Common Stock Listing

The company’s common stock is listed on the  

New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol USFD.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Instructions and inquiries regarding transfers, certificates, 

changes of title or address, consolidation of accounts and 

elimination of multiple mailings should be directed to:

Investor Inquiries

(847) 720-2815 

ir@usfoods.com

Equiniti Trust Company, LLC  

(f/k/a American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC)

48 Wall Street, Floor 23 

New York, NY 10005 

helpAST@equiniti.com

(800) 468-9716 

US Foods’ Annual Reports to Shareholders, Annual  

Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, proxy 

statements and other filings with the Securities and Exchange 

Commission, as well as news releases, can be accessed free of 

charge on the company’s website at https://ir.usfoods.com or 

by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. 

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM

BOARD OF DI RECTORS

David E. Flitman 

Chief Executive Officer

Dirk J. Locascio 

Executive Vice President  

Chief Financial Officer

Steve Boggan  

Region President 

Central 

Steven M. Guberman 

Executive Vice President 

Rob Koppenhaver 

Region President 

Northeast

Tim Lewis 

Region President 

West

Dave Poe  

Executive Vice President 

Chief Merchant

Robert M. Dutkowsky  

David M. Tehle 

Board Chair

Former Executive Vice President  

Former Chief Executive Officer

Tech Data Corporation 

and Chief Financial Officer 

Dollar General Corporation

Cheryl A. Bachelder  

David A. Toy  

Former Chief Executive Officer  

Former Chief Executive Officer 

Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc.  

Heartisan Foods Inc.

and Pier 1 Imports

Ann E. Ziegler 

James J. Barber, Jr.  

Former Senior Vice President  

Former Chief Operating Officer 

and Chief Financial Officer 

John A. Tonnison 

United Parcel Service, Inc.

CDW Corporation

Chief Transformation Officer  

Executive Vice President  

and Nationally Managed Business

Chief Information and  

David E. Flitman 

Martha Ha 

Executive Vice President and  

Randy Taylor  

Digital Officer

Chief Executive Officer 

US Foods Holding Corp.

William S. Hancock 

Executive Vice President  

Chief Supply Chain Officer

Rick Hausman 

Region President 

Southeast

Field Operations and Local Sales

Former Chief Executive Officer 

The Pampered Chef, Ltd. 

David Works  

Executive Vice President  

Sunil Gupta 

Chief Human Resources Officer

Edward W. Carter Professor  

of Business Administration 

Harvard Business School 

Carl Andrew “Andy” Pforzheimer 

Former Co-Chief Executive Officer 

Tastemaker Acquisition Corporation 

Quentin Roach 

Senior Vice President  

and Chief Procurement Officer 

Estee Lauder Companies 

U S   F O O D S   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3

All reconciliations to non-GAAP financial measures can  
be found in the sections entitled “Non-GAAP Reconciliations”  
and “Appendix A” herein.

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One)
☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 30, 2023

OR

☐ 

  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File No. 001-37786 

US FOODS HOLDING CORP. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

26-0347906

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

9399 W. Higgins Road, Suite 100 
Rosemont, IL 60018 
(847) 720-8000 
(Address, including Zip Code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Trading symbol(s)
USFD

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes ☒    No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐    No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the 
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.    Yes ☒    No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).     Yes ☒    No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  a  smaller  reporting  company,  or  an  emerging 
growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of 
the Exchange Act.   

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

☒

☐ 

Accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

☐

☐

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised 
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over 
financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. 
☒

 
 
 
 
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the 
correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the 
registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes ☐    No  ☒ 

As of July 1, 2023, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock 
held by non-affiliates was approximately $11.0 billion (based on the reported closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on such date on the New York Stock 
Exchange). 244,902,939 shares of the registrant’s common stock were outstanding as of February 9, 2024. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  the  registrant’s  definitive  proxy  statement  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  pursuant  to  Regulation  14A  under  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, relating to the registrant’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 15, 2024, are incorporated herein by reference for purposes of 
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The definitive proxy statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
not later than 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 30, 2023. 

US Foods Holding Corp.
Annual Report on Form 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page No.

PART I.

Item 1.

Business 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 1C. Cybersecurity

Item 2.

Properties 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.

[Reserved]

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. Other Information 

Item 9C.  Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

Signatures

2

9

19

20

21

22

22

23

24

25

34

36

78

78

80

80

81

81

81

81

81

82

86

87

Basis of Presentation

We operate on a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, with all periods ending on a Saturday. When a 53-week fiscal year occurs, we report the 
additional week in the fiscal fourth quarter. The fiscal years ended December 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022 are 
also referred to herein as fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Our fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 were 52-week fiscal 
years.

Forward-Looking Statements

Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) which are not historical in nature are “forward-looking statements” 
within  the  meaning  of  the  federal  securities  laws.  These  statements  often  include  words  such  as  “believe,”  “expect,”  “project,” 
“anticipate,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “outlook,”  “estimate,”  “target,”  “seek,”  “will,”  “may,”  “would,”  “should,”  “could,”  “forecast,” 
“mission,” “strive,” “more,” “goal,” or similar expressions (although not all forward-looking statements may contain such words) and 
are based upon various assumptions and our experience in the industry, as well as historical trends, current conditions, and expected 
future developments. However, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results, and there are 
a  number  of  risks,  uncertainties,  and  other  important  factors  that  could  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those 
expressed in the forward-looking statements, including, among others, the risks, uncertainties, and other factors set forth in Item 1A of 
Part  I,  “Risk  Factors,”  and  Item  7  of  Part  II,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations,” of this Annual Report.

In light of these risks, uncertainties, and other important factors, the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report might not prove 
to be accurate, and you should not place undue reliance on them. All forward-looking statements attributable to us, or others acting on 
our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above and contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. 
All  of  these  statements  speak  only  as  of  the  date  made,  and  we  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-
looking statements, whether because of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

Comparisons  of  results  between  current  and  prior  periods  are  not  intended  to  express  any  future  trends,  or  indications  of  future 
performance, unless expressed as such, and should be viewed only as historical data. 

1

Item 1.     Business

PART I

US Foods Holding Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries are referred to in this Annual Report as “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company,” 
or “US Foods.” US Foods Holding Corp. conducts all of its operations through its wholly owned subsidiary US Foods, Inc. (“USF”) 
and its subsidiaries. 

Our Company

We are among America’s great food companies and leading foodservice distributors. Built through organic growth and acquisitions, 
we trace our roots back over 150 years to a number of heritage companies with rich legacies in food innovation and customer service. 
We  strive  to  inspire  and  empower  chefs  and  foodservice  operators  to  bring  great  food  experiences  to  consumers.  This  mission  is 
supported by our strategy of GREAT FOOD. MADE EASY.™, which is centered on providing customers with the innovative products, 
business  support  and  technology  solutions  they  need  to  operate  their  businesses  profitably.  We  operate  as  one  business  with 
standardized business processes, shared systems infrastructure, and an organizational model that optimizes national scale with local 
execution, allowing us to manage our business as a single operating segment. We have centralized activities where scale matters and 
our local field structure focuses on customer facing activities. 

We  supply  approximately  250,000  customer  locations  nationwide.  These  customer  locations  include  independent  restaurants,  chain 
restaurants, healthcare, hospitality, education and other customers. We provide fresh, frozen, and dry food products, as well as non-
food  items,  sourced  from  thousands  of  suppliers.  Approximately  4,000  sales  associates  manage  customer  relationships  at  local, 
regional, and national levels. Our sales associates are supported by sophisticated marketing and category management capabilities, as 
well as a sales support team that includes world-class chefs and restaurant operations consultants, new business development managers 
and others that help us provide more comprehensive service to our customers. Our extensive network of over 70 distribution facilities 
and fleet of over 6,500 trucks, along with approximately 90 cash and carry locations, allow us to operate efficiently and provide high 
levels of customer service. This operating model allows us to leverage our nationwide scale and footprint while executing locally. 

Our Industry

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry has a large number of companies competing in the space, including local, regional, and 
national foodservice distributors. Foodservice distributors typically fall into three categories, representing differences in customer 
focus, product offering, and supply chain:

•

•

•

Broadline distributors which offer a “broad line” of products and services;

System distributors which carry products specified for large chains; and

Specialized distributors which primarily focus on specific product categories (e.g., meat or produce) or customer types.

Given our mix of products and services, we are considered a broadline distributor. A number of adjacent competitors also serve the 
U.S. foodservice distribution industry, including cash-and-carry retailers, commercial wholesale outlets, commercial website outlets, 
and grocery stores. Customer buying decisions are based on the assortment of product offered, quality, price, and service levels. 

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry serves different customer types of varying sizes, growth profiles, and product and service 
requirements, including independent restaurants, regional and national restaurant chains, healthcare customers (such as hospital 
systems, nursing homes and long-term care facilities), hospitality customers (ranging from large hotel chains to local banquet halls, 
country clubs, casinos and entertainment complexes), colleges and universities, K-12 schools, and retail locations. Our target customer 
types—independent restaurants, healthcare and hospitality—value foodservice distributors with a broad product offering and value-
added services that help them be efficient and effective in running their operations. As described in more detail below, our GREAT 
FOOD. MADE EASY.™ strategy resonates with these types of customers, and for this reason, we believe our growth prospects with 
these customers are greater than with other customer types.

In fiscal year 2023, no single customer represented more than 2% of our total customer sales. Sales to our top 50 customers, including 
group purchasing organizations (“GPOs”), represented approximately 44% of our net sales in fiscal year 2023.

We have entered into contractual relationships with certain GPOs that negotiate pricing, delivery and other terms on behalf of their 
members. In fiscal year 2023, GPOs accounted for approximately 23% of our net sales. GPOs are primarily comprised of customers in 
the healthcare, hospitality, education, and government/military industries.               

There are several important dynamics affecting the industry, including: 

•

Evolving consumer tastes and preferences. Consumers demand healthy and authentic food choices with fewer artificial 
ingredients,  and  they  value  locally-harvested  and  sustainably-manufactured  food  and  packaging  products.  In  addition, 
many ethnic food offerings are becoming more mainstream as consumers show a greater willingness to try new flavors 
and cuisines. Changes in consumer preferences create opportunities for new and innovative products and for unique food- 

2

•

•

away-from-home destinations. This, in turn, is expected to create growth, expand margins, and produce better customer 
retention  opportunities  for  those  distributors  with  the  flexibility  to  balance  national  scale  and  local  preferences.  We 
believe foodservice distributors will need broader product assortments, extended supplier networks, effective supply chain 
management capabilities, and strong food safety and quality programs to meet these needs.

Generational  shifts  with  Millennials  and  Baby  Boomers.  Given  their  purchasing  power  and  diverse  taste  profiles, 
Millennials,  Generation  Z  and  Baby  Boomers  will  continue  to  significantly  influence  food  consumption  and  the  food 
away  from  home  market.  According  to  U.S.  Census  Bureau  statistics,  there  were  89  million  individuals  born  between 
1982 and 2002 in the U.S., making Millennials and Generation Z the largest demographic cohorts. When it comes to food, 
Millennials and Generation Z are open-minded and curious, and willing to seek out new flavors, dining experiences and 
diverse  menu  offerings,  while  also  demanding  customization,  convenience  and  sustainable  products.  Independent 
restaurants are well positioned to capitalize on these preferences. As Millennials’ and Generation Z’s disposable income 
increases, we believe this demographic will be key to driving growth in the broader U.S. food industry. We also expect 
that  Baby  Boomers  will  continue  to  shape  the  industry  as  they  remain  in  the  workplace  longer,  which  is  expected  to 
prolong their contribution to food-away-from-home expenditures.

Growing importance of technology. We see significant continued growth being driven by the increased utilization of, and 
reliance  on  technology  by  foodservice  distributors,  customers  and  diners.  Digital  solutions  streamline  the  purchasing 
process  and  increase  customer  retention.  They  also  deepen  the  relationship  between  foodservice  distributors  and 
customers,  creating  personalized  insights  and  services  that  can  make  both  more  efficient.  We  believe  foodservice 
distributors  that  have  deeper,  technology-enabled  relationships  with  customers  are  better  able  to  accelerate  their 
customers’ adoption of new products and increase customer loyalty, giving them a competitive edge. Technology is also 
growing in importance and helping to level the playing field for independent restaurants. Mobile food delivery and social 
media  apps  make  independent  restaurants  more  competitive  with  larger  restaurant  chains,  and  help  this  customer  type 
attract more diners at a relatively low cost. We believe these technology trends will continue to accelerate as Millennials 
and Generation Z place a greater reliance on technology and become key influencers and decision-makers within the food 
industry,  including  at  the  customer  level.  Consequently,  we  believe  foodservice  distributors  which  are  focused  on 
strengthening their technology, data analytics, and related capabilities will be well-positioned to capitalize on these trends.

We believe that we have the scale, foresight and agility required to proactively address these trends and, in turn, benefit from higher 
sales growth, greater customer retention, increased private label penetration, and improved profitability. 

Our Business Strategy 

Our  GREAT  FOOD.  MADE  EASY.™  strategy  is  built  on  a  differentiation  focus  in  product  assortment,  customer  experience  and 
innovation.  Through  this  strategy,  we  also  serve  our  customers  as  consultants  and  business  partners,  bringing  our  customers 
personalized solutions and tailoring a suite of innovative products and services to fit each customer’s needs. 

The GREAT FOOD portion of our strategy is anchored by leading quality and innovation in produce and center-of-the-plate and other 
innovative products such as those featured in Scoop™, a program that introduces innovative and on-trend products multiple times a 
year, helping our customers keep their menus fresh and delivering back-of-house convenience to reduce their labor and food costs. A 
growing part of our Scoop portfolio is our Serve Good® program. The Serve Good program features more than 800 products that are 
sustainably-sourced or contribute to waste reduction. Our private brand portfolio is guided by a spirit of innovation and a commitment 
to delivering superior quality products and value to customers. While we offer products under a spectrum of private brands, and at 
different price points, all are designed to deliver quality, performance and value to our customers. 

MADE  EASY  is  aimed  at  providing  operators  reliability  and  flexibility  in  our  service  model  supported  by  tools  and  resources  to 
support them in running their businesses. This means on-time and complete orders and customer choice via the omni-channel offering 
we have to serve our customers. These offerings are supported with technology and expertise that make it easier to transact with us 
and  run  their  businesses.  Our  mobile  technology  platform  provides  customers  with  a  personalized  digital  ordering  experience  and 
easy-to-use business analytics tools. Our portfolio of value-added services helps customers address key pain points like food waste, 
back-of-house  operations  and  diner  traffic.  By  delivering  our  products  and  services  through  a  differentiated  team-based  selling 
approach, we provide customers access to a diverse team of experts including chefs, center-of-the-plate and produce specialists and 
restaurant operations consultants. More than 80% of our sales utilize our digital solutions. Customers utilizing these solutions tend to 
purchase more products and have stronger commercial relationships with us.

As noted above, our strategy of making it easier for our customers includes servicing our customers through multiple channels. We 
have 90 cash and carry locations to provide more customers with a retail option in between deliveries and to cost effectively serve 
more price-conscious and smaller customers.  Our US Foods Direct™ service more than doubles our product assortment and provides 
customers  with  access  to  thousands  of  specialty  products  which  ship  directly  to  them  from  the  supplier.  Additionally,  US  Foods 
Pronto™ service allows restaurant operators to receive smaller orders more frequently. All of these channels provide our customers 
options to shop their way.

3

We  believe  our  GREAT  FOOD.  MADE  EASY.™  strategy  enables  us  to  reach  more  customers  and  create  deeper  relationships  with 
existing ones, particularly within our target customer types—independent restaurants, healthcare, and hospitality—and drive increased 
penetration of our private brand products. Further, we believe this strategy positions us to make the most of the continued growth in 
food-away-from-home consumption and consumer preferences for innovative, on-trend flavors. As an enabler of this strategy, we have 
invested  in  embedding  continuous  improvement  in  our  operations  to  increase  service  consistency  and  efficiency  and  to  engage 
employees in improving our day-to-day processes.

Acquisitions have also historically played an important role in supporting the execution of our growth strategy. On July 7, 2023, USF 
completed the acquisition of Renzi Foodservice (“Renzi”), a broadline distributor in New York, for a purchase price of $142 million 
(less the amount of the post-closing working capital adjustment, which was $2 million).  The acquisition allows US Foods to further 
expand  its  reach  into  central  upstate  New  York.    On  December  1,  2023,  USF  completed  the  acquisition  of  Saladino’s  Foodservice 
(“Saladino’s”), a broadline distributor in California, for a purchase price of $56 million.  The acquisition allows US Foods to further 
expand its reach into California.

Integrating the above acquisitions and realizing synergies from these acquisitions are key priorities for the Company. The Company 
will selectively pursue acquisition opportunities in the future if they are aligned with and enhance our strategic priorities. 

Products and Brands 

We have a broad assortment of products and brands designed to meet customers’ needs. In many categories, we offer products under a 
spectrum of private brands based on price and quality, covering a range of values and qualities. 

The table below presents the sales mix for our principal product categories for fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021.

Meats and seafood

Dry grocery products

Refrigerated and frozen grocery products

Dairy

Equipment, disposables and supplies

Produce

Beverage products
Total Net sales

2023

Fiscal Years
2022

(in millions)

2021

$ 

11,953  $ 

12,375  $ 

11,245 

6,407 

6,053 

3,727 

3,571 
1,915 

1,971 

5,758 

5,253 

3,564 

3,536 
1,840 

1,731 

4,979 

4,453 

2,801 

3,090 
1,454 

1,465 

$ 

35,597  $ 

34,057  $ 

29,487 

We  have  registered  the  trademarks  US  Foods®,  Food  Fanatics®,  and  CHEF’STORE®  as  part  of  our  overall  brand  strategy  and  our 
retail outlets. We have also registered or applied for trademark protection in the U.S. for our private brands. These trademarks and our 
private brands are widely recognized within the U.S. foodservice industry. Our U.S. trademarks are effective as long as they are in use 
and their registrations are properly maintained. We do not have any patents or licenses that are material to our business.

Suppliers

Our suppliers generally are large corporations selling national brand name and private brand products. Additionally, regional and local 
suppliers  support  targeted  geographic  initiatives  and  private  label  programs  requiring  regional  and  local  distribution.  We  purchase 
from thousands of suppliers, with no suppliers accounting for more than 5% of our aggregate purchases in fiscal year 2023. 

Seasonality

Our business does not fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and, as a result, is not considered seasonal. 

Government Regulation

As  a  manufacturer,  processor,  marketer,  distributor  and  seller  of  food  and  non-food  products,  we  are  subject  to  various  laws  and 
regulations. A summary of some of these laws and regulations is provided below.

Product Distribution 

We  are  subject  to  various  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  the  manufacturing,  processing,  handling,  storage,  transportation,  sale, 
advertising  and  labeling  of  food  products,  including  the  applicable  provisions  of  the  Federal  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic  Act; 
Bioterrorism  Act;  Food  Safety  Modernization  Act;  Federal  Meat  Inspection  Act;  Poultry  Products  Inspection  Act;  Perishable 
Agricultural  Commodities  Act;  Country  of  Origin  Labeling  Act;  regulations  issued  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(“FDA”)  and  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  (“USDA”),  and  other  federal,  state  and  local  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  our 
operations  and  products  that  could  restrict  the  sale  of  certain  products  or  result  in  enforcement  actions  by  federal,  state  and  local 
government agencies under applicable standards. 

Our distribution facilities must be registered with the FDA and are subject to periodic government agency inspections by federal and/
or state authorities. We have a number of processing facilities for certain meat, poultry, seafood and produce products. These units are 
registered  and  inspected  by  the  USDA  (with  respect  to  meat  and  poultry)  and  the  FDA  (with  respect  to  produce  and  seafood)  as 
applicable. Our CHEF’STORE locations are registered with and inspected by various state and local authorities. 

We also distribute and sell a variety of non-food products, such as food containers, kitchen equipment and cleaning materials, and are 
subject to various laws and regulations relating to the storage, transportation, distribution, sale, advertising and labeling of those non-
food products, including requirements to provide information about the hazards of certain chemicals present in some of the products 
we distribute and regulations restricting the sale of products made with certain materials or chemicals.  

Our customers include several departments of the U.S. federal government, as well as certain state and local governmental entities. 
These customer relationships subject us to additional regulations that are applicable to government contractors. For example, as a U.S. 
federal government contractor, we are subject to audit by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs.

Employment

The U.S. Department of Labor and its agencies, the Employee Benefits Security Administration, the Occupational Safety and Health 
Administration  (“OSHA”),  and  the  Office  of  Federal  Contract  Compliance  Programs,  regulate  our  employment  practices  and 
standards  for  workers.  We  are  also  subject  to  laws  that  prohibit  discrimination  in  employment  based  on  non-merit  categories, 
including  Title  VII  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act  and  the  Americans  with  Disabilities  Act,  and  other  laws  relating  to  accessibility.  Our 
workers’ compensation self-insurance is subject to regulation by the jurisdictions in which we operate.

Our  facilities  are  subject  to  inspections  under  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Act  related  to  our  compliance  with  certain 
manufacturing,  health  and  safety  standards  to  protect  our  employees  from  accidents.  We  are  also  subject  to  the  National  Labor 
Relations Act, which governs the process for collective bargaining between employers and employees and protects the rights of both 
employers and employees in the workplace.

Trade

For the purchase of products produced, harvested or manufactured outside of the U.S., and for the shipment of products to customers 
located outside of the U.S., we are subject to applicable customs laws regarding the import and export of various products. 

Ground Transportation

The U.S. Department of Transportation and its agencies, the Surface Transportation Board, the Federal Highway Administration, the 
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, regulate our fleet operations 
through the regulation of operations, safety, insurance and hazardous materials. We must comply with the regulations promulgated by 
the  Federal  Motor  Carrier  Safety  Administration,  including  those  relating  to  drug  and  alcohol  testing  and  hours  of  service  for  our 
drivers. Matters such as weight and dimension of equipment also fall under U.S. federal and state regulations.

Environmental

Our operations are subject to a broad range of U.S. federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations, as well as zoning and 
building regulations. Environmental laws and regulations cover a variety of procedures, including appropriately managing wastewater 
and stormwater; complying with clean air laws, including those governing vehicle emissions; properly handling and disposing of solid 
and  hazardous  wastes;  protecting  against  and  appropriately  investigating  and  remediating  spills  and  releases;  and  monitoring  and 
maintaining underground and aboveground storage tanks for diesel fuel and other petroleum products.

Anticorruption

Because we are organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and our principal place of business is in the U.S., we are considered 
a “domestic concern” under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and are covered by its anti-bribery provisions.

Human Capital Management 

Employees

As of December 30, 2023, we employed a total of approximately 30,000 associates. Of these: 

•

•

substantially all were employed in the United States and on a full-time basis;

approximately 69% of our associates were non-exempt, or paid on an hourly basis;

5

•

•

approximately  6,300  of  our  associates  were  members  of  local  unions  associated  with  the  International  Brotherhood  of 
Teamsters and other labor organizations; and

approximately  86%  of  our  associates  were  working  in  “field”  based  roles  within  our  broadline  distribution,  retail 
operations  and  broadline  support  business  production  facilities,  with  the  remaining  14%  working  in  shared  service  or 
corporate roles.

Collective Bargaining Agreements 

As of December 30, 2023, we were party to 57 collective bargaining agreements (“CBAs”) covering 6,300, or 21%, of our associates 
working at 31 (or 41%) of our distribution facilities, 4 of our broadline support business production facilities and 23 of our cash and 
carry locations. During fiscal year 2023, 14 CBAs covering approximately 1,100 union associates were renegotiated.  During fiscal 
year 2024, 16 CBAs covering approximately 1,200 union associates will be subject to renegotiation. While we have experienced work 
stoppages from time to time in the past, we generally believe we have good relations with both our union and non-union associates, 
and we strive to be a well-regarded employer in the communities in which we operate.

Compensation and Benefits

We strive to make a positive difference in the lives of our associates. We are committed to compensation and benefits that respect and 
reward our associates for their dedication and hard work. All of our exempt associates participate in our incentive plans, which provide 
eligible  associates  with  cash  bonus  opportunities  based  upon  the  Company’s  achievement  of  financial  and  other  key  performance 
metrics. Under our long-term incentive plan, we grant equity compensation awards, such as stock options, restricted stock units and 
performance awards, which vest over a period of time, to eligible associates in order to attract and retain key personnel, strengthen 
their  commitment  to  the  welfare  of  the  Company  and  align  their  interests  with  those  of  our  stockholders.  Additionally,  our 
comprehensive health and welfare benefits program provides our associates with a variety of medical and dental plans, plus voluntary 
benefits  like  vision  or  critical  illness  protection.  We  also  offer  innovative,  no-cost  wellness  programs,  paid  time  off  programs 
including a paid parental leave policy, an employee assistance program, an employee stock purchase plan, a 401(k) savings plan, and a 
tuition reimbursement program.

Recruiting, Training and Development

Our ability to attract, develop and retain high-performing associates is crucial to our success, from building trusting relationships with 
our customers to timely and accurately preparing and delivering orders. We have a program to train interested warehouse associates to 
become commercial driver’s license (“CDL”) Class A delivery drivers. Additionally, through training, mentoring, e-learning and on-
the-job  development,  we  help  associates  at  all  levels  learn  and  grow,  while  building  a  pipeline  of  diverse  talent.  Our  signature 
leadership  development  programs  include  Gateway  to  Leadership,  Aspire  to  Grow  and  Aspire  to  Lead,  which  are  focused  on 
developing a diverse cohort of leaders in our Company. Our Leadership Foundations program provides training to sales managers, and 
supervisors  and  managers  in  our  supply  chain  organization,  and  is  designed  to  strengthen  leadership  capabilities  and  provide 
networking opportunities with other leaders across our organization. In addition, we provide training and development programs that 
enable new associates to be safe and productive including: Sales Readiness, which gives new selling associates tools, resources and 
peer  networking  opportunities  to  help  them  succeed,  and  Selector  Onboarding,  which  trains  our  warehouse  selectors  on  safety, 
accuracy and performance standards.

Diversity and Inclusion

As a company, we are committed to building a diverse and inclusive workforce and hiring the best talent that reflects the customers 
and  communities  we  serve.  We  believe  our  success  relies  upon  a  diverse  and  dynamic  workplace  built  upon  our  Cultural  Beliefs, 
which  define  how  we  live  and  create  an  equitable  environment  where  all  our  associates  can  grow  and  thrive.  Our  diversity  and 
inclusion strategy consists of three strategic focuses: 

•

•

•

Creating a more inclusive work environment where everyone feels safe and valued and their voices matter; 

Increasing the diversity of our workforce and leaders by investing in programs to build a diverse talent pipeline and 
accelerate the development of diverse associates; and 

Supporting diverse communities and businesses by enhancing our outreach and sharing who we are and what we stand 
for. 

We  continue  to  cultivate  a  culture  of  inclusion  through  training  programs  for  our  leaders  and  associates  and  by  sponsoring  ten 
Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”): ADAPT - Ability and Disability Allies Partnering Together; BRIDGE - Black Resource for 
Inclusion,  Diversity,  Growth  and  Empowerment;  Collective  Asian  Network;  HOLA  -  Hispanic  Organization  for  Leadership  and 
Advancement;  LINK-UP  –  Linking  Information,  Networks  and  Knowledge;  Multigenerational  Empowerment  Resource  Group  for 
Employees;  PACT  -  Parents  and  Caregivers  Together;  Pride  Alliance;  Those  Who  Serve  -  Military  ERG;  and  WIN  -  Women  in 
Network.  These  associate-led  groups  strengthen  networking  among  colleagues  and  further  personal  and  professional  development. 

6

Ongoing listening sessions between the ERGs and our executive leadership team allow for open dialogue and the identification of new 
opportunities to bolster our diversity and inclusion strategy and strengthen associate engagement. 

Health and Safety

We are committed to continuously driving an enhanced safety culture built on education, awareness and associate engagement. Our 
Get Home Safe campaign, directed at drivers and operations personnel, outlines actions aimed at reducing risks and improving safety 
routines. In our facilities, our safety performance teams receive annual training and are focused on improving safety engagement and 
performance throughout our operations. Our Driver Safety Program has been implemented across all markets to train our drivers on 
transportation safety. We utilize technology to improve driver safety from distracted driver alerts to collision mitigation technology.

Information about our Executive Officers 

The section below provides information regarding our executive officers as of February 15, 2024:

Name
David E. Flitman
Dirk J. Locascio

Martha Ha
Steven M. Guberman

William S. Hancock

David Poe

Randy J. Taylor

David A. Rickard

John A. Tonnison

David Works

Age
59
51

Position
Chief Executive Officer
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

58
59

44

50

51

53

55

56

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Executive Vice President, Nationally Managed Business & Chief Transformation 
Officer
Executive Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer

Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer

Executive Vice President, Field Operations and Local Sales

Executive Vice President, Strategy and Revenue Management

Executive Vice President, Chief Information and Digital Officer

Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer

Mr. Flitman has served as the Chief Executive Officer since January 2023. Mr. Flitman previously served as Chief Executive Officer 
and a member of the board of directors of Builders FirstSource, Inc., serving in this role since April 2021. Prior to that, Mr. Flitman 
served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the board of directors of BMC Stock Holdings, Inc. from August 
2018 until its merger with Builders FirstSource. In addition, Mr. Flitman previously served as Executive Vice President of 
Performance Food Group Company and was President and Chief Executive Officer of its Performance Foodservice division from 
January 2015 to September 2018. From January 2014 to December 2014, Mr. Flitman served as Chief Operating Officer and President 
USA & Mexico of Univar Solutions Inc. Mr. Flitman joined Univar in December 2012 as President USA with additional responsibility 
for Univar’s Global Supply Chain & Export Services teams. From November 2011 to September 2012, he served as Executive Vice 
President and President of Water and Process Services at Ecolab Inc. and prior to that, from August 2008 to November 2011, Mr. 
Flitman served as Senior Executive Vice President of Nalco Holding Company until it was acquired by Ecolab in 2011. He also served 
as President of Allegheny Power System from February 2005 to July 2008. Before holding these executive positions, Mr. Flitman 
spent nearly twenty years in operational, commercial, and global business leadership positions at DuPont de Nemours, Inc. From July 
2017 until November 2023, Mr. Flitman served as a member of the board of directors of Veritiv Corporation, where he served as the 
Chair of the Compensation and Leadership Development Committee. 

Mr. Locascio has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since February 2017. Mr. Locascio served the Company 
as  Senior  Vice  President,  Financial  Accounting  and  Analysis  from  November  2016  to  February  2017,  Senior  Vice  President, 
Operations  Finance  and  Financial  Planning  from  May  2015  to  November  2016,  and  Senior  Vice  President,  Financial  Planning  and 
Analysis from May 2013 to May 2015. Mr. Locascio joined US Foods in June 2009 as Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller. 
Prior to joining US Foods, Mr. Locascio held senior finance roles with United Airlines, a global airline, and Arthur Andersen LLP, a 
public accounting firm.

Ms. Ha has served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel since September 2023 and Corporate Secretary since November 
2023.  Prior to joining US Foods, Ms. Ha served as Vice President, Chief Counsel - Corporate Governance, Mergers and Acquisitions 
and  Cardiovascular  Portfolio  for  Medtronic  PLC  from  September  2016  to  September  2023,  where  she  was  responsible  for  all 
corporate governance and securities matters, including ESG strategy and disclosures, shareholder and Board of Director matters and 
U.S. and Irish public company fillings and disclosures.  Prior to joining Medtronic, she served as Vice President, Corporate Secretary 
and  General  Counsel  -  Corporate  and  International  for  DaVita  Health  Care  Partners,  Inc.,  where  she  spent  nearly  5  years,  from 
November 2011 to September 2016.  Prior to joining DaVita, she served as Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Deputy General 
Counsel  at  W.W.  Grainger,  Inc  until  November  2011  and  before  joining  Grainger,  she  was  Associate  General  Counsel  at  Baxter 
Healthcare  Corporation  for  over  9  years  from  January  2002  until  June  2011.    Prior  to  joining  Baxter  Healthcare,  Ms.  Ha  was  an 
attorney in the Office of the General Counsel at Arthur Andersen LLP and a partner at Bell, Boyd & Lloyd law firm.

7

Mr. Guberman has served as Executive Vice President, Nationally Managed Business since August 2016 and as Chief Transformation 
Officer since May 2023. Mr. Guberman served the Company as Chief Merchandising Officer from July 2015 to January 2017, Senior 
Vice President, Merchandising and Marketing Operations from January 2012 to July 2015 and Division President from August 2004 
to December 2011. Mr. Guberman joined US Foods in 1991, originally as part of Kraft/Alliant Foodservice.

Mr. Hancock has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Supply Chain Officer since November 2020. Prior to joining US Foods, 
Mr.  Hancock  served  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Supply  Chain  Operations  of  American  Tire  Distributors  from  November  2017  to 
October  2020,  where  he  was  responsible  for  the  oversight  of  115  distribution  facilities  across  America  and  a  fleet  of  vehicles 
accountable  for  last-mile  delivery  to  customers.  Prior  to  joining  American  Tire  Distributors,  he  served  as  Vice  President  of  Global 
Supply Chain Operations for Target, where he spent 14 years, from 2003 to 2017, in various supply chain roles with the company.

Mr. Poe has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer since October 2023.  Mr. Poe served the Company as 
Senior  Vice  President,  Chief  Merchant  from  March  2023  to  October  2023,  Senior  Vice  President  of  Category  Management  from 
October 2016 to March 2023 and Vice President of Category Management from December 2015 to March 2023.  Prior to joining US 
Foods, Mr. Poe served as Vice President of Sourcing of Premier Inc. from March 2014 to December 2015, where he was responsible 
for leading foodservice sourcing efforts.  Prior to joining Premier Inc, he served as Vice President of Category Management for US 
Foods from November 2013 to March 2014.

Mr.  Taylor  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Field  Operations  and  Local  Sales  since  October  2023.    Mr.  Taylor  served  the 
Company  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Field  Operations  from  May  2023  to  October  2023,  Region  President  -  Southeast  from 
September 2016 to May 2023, Senior Vice President, Field Operations Deployment from August 2015 to September 2016, Division 
President from April 2010 to August 2015, Senior Vice President from January 2010 to April 2010 and Vice President, Finance from 
September 2005 to January 2010.  

Mr. Rickard has served as Executive Vice President, Strategy and Revenue Management, since November 2015. Prior to joining US 
Foods,  Mr.  Rickard  served  from  March  2014  to  November  2015  as  Vice  President  of  Uline  Corporation,  a  distributor  of  shipping, 
industrial,  and  packing  materials,  and  was  responsible  for  identifying,  leading  and  implementing  improvement  initiatives  across  all 
aspects  of  the  organization.  From  September  1997  to  March  2014,  Mr.  Rickard  was  Partner  and  Managing  Director  at  the  Boston 
Consulting Group, a consulting firm. Mr. Rickard began his career with Charles River Associates, an economic consulting firm.

Mr.  Tonnison  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President,  Chief  Information  and  Digital  Officer  since  July  2021.  Prior  to  joining  US 
Foods,  Mr.  Tonnison  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Information  Officer  at  Tech  Data  Corporation,  a  Fortune  100 
global  distributor  of  business  and  consumer  technologies,  where  he  was  responsible  for  the  company’s  global  innovation  strategy, 
information  digital  capabilities  and  operations.  Before  his  nearly  20-year  tenure  with  Tech  Data,  Mr.  Tonnison  held  executive 
management positions with Computer 2000, Technology Solutions Network and Mancos Computers.

Mr. Works has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer since February 2018. Prior to joining US Foods, 
Mr. Works served as Chief Human Resources Officer of Hackensack Meridian Health, an integrated health care network, beginning in 
July  2017.  Prior  to  joining  Hackensack,  he  served  as  President  -  Enterprise  of  Windstream  Holdings,  Inc.,  a  voice  and  data 
communications  provider,  from  December  2014  to  August  2016,  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Human  Resources  Officer  of 
Windstream from February 2012 to December 2014, and Senior Vice President and President, Talent and Human Capital Services of 
Sears Holdings Corporation, a retailer, from September 2009 to January 2012.

Website and Availability of Information

Our  corporate  website  is  located  at  www.usfoods.com.  We  file  annual,  quarterly  and  current  reports,  proxy  statements  and  other 
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our filings with the SEC are available to the public on the SEC’s 
website at www.sec.gov. Those filings are also made available for free as soon as reasonably practicable after we file or furnish them 
to  the  SEC  on  our  corporate  website  via  the  “Investors”  section  at  ir.usfoods.com/investors.  The  information  contained  on  or 
accessible through our corporate website or any other website that we may maintain is not incorporated by reference into and is not 
part of this Annual Report.

8

Item 1A.     Risk Factors

We are subject to many risks and uncertainties. Some of these risks and uncertainties, including those described below, may cause our 
business, financial condition and results of operations to vary, and they may materially or adversely affect our financial performance. 
The  risks  and  uncertainties  described  below  are  not  the  only  ones  we  face.  Other  risks  and  uncertainties,  which  are  not  currently 
known to us or which we currently believe are immaterial, may also materially or adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

An  economic  downturn,  public  health  crisis,  and/or  other  factors  affecting  consumer  spending  and  confidence,  may  reduce  the 
amount of food prepared away from home, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The U.S. foodservice distribution industry is sensitive to national, regional and local economic conditions. An uneven level of general 
U.S. economic activity, uncertainty in the financial markets, inflation, and supply chain disruptions could have an adverse impact on 
consumer confidence and discretionary spending. A decline in economic activity or the frequency and amount spent by consumers for 
food  prepared  away  from  home,  as  well  as  other  macroenvironmental  factors  that  could  decrease  general  consumer  confidence 
(including  deteriorating  economic  conditions,  heightened  volatility  in  the  financial  markets,  inflationary  pressure,  an  uncertain 
political environment and supply chain disruptions, such as those the global economy is currently facing), may negatively impact our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. The extent of any such effects on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations depends in part on the magnitude and duration of such conditions, which cannot be predicted at this time.

Our  business  is  a  low-margin  business,  and  our  profitability  and  results  of  operations  are  directly  affected  by  cost  deflation  or 
inflation, commodity volatility and other factors.

The  U.S.  foodservice  distribution  industry  is  characterized  by  relatively  high  inventory  turnover  with  relatively  low  profit  margins. 
Volatile commodity costs have a direct impact on our industry. We make a significant portion of our sales at prices that are based on 
the  cost  of  products  we  sell,  plus  a  margin  percentage  or  markup.  As  a  result,  our  profit  levels  may  be  negatively  affected  during 
periods  of  product  cost  deflation,  even  though  our  gross  profit  percentage  may  remain  relatively  constant.  Prolonged  periods  of 
product  cost  inflation,  or  periods  of  rapid  inflation,  may  negatively  impact  our  results  of  operations  as  a  result  of  decreased 
discretionary consumer spending. Such inflation may also reduce our profit margins and earnings if there is a lag between when costs 
increase and when we are able to pass it along to customers or if product cost increases cannot be passed on to customers because they 
resist paying higher prices.

Competition in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to compete successfully, which may have an adverse impact on our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.

The  U.S.  foodservice  distribution  industry  is  highly  competitive,  with  national,  multi-regional,  regional  and  local  distributors  and 
specialty  competitors.  Regional  and  local  companies  may  align  themselves  with  other  smaller  distributors  through  purchasing 
cooperatives  and  marketing  groups,  with  the  goal  of  enhancing  their  geographic  reach,  private  label  offerings,  overall  purchasing 
power, cost efficiencies, and ability to meet customer distribution requirements. Such changes may occur particularly during periods 
of  economic  uncertainty  or  significant  inflation.  These  distributors  may  also  rely  on  local  presence  as  a  source  of  competitive 
advantage,  and  they  may  have  a  lower  cost  to  serve  and  other  competitive  advantages  due  to  geographic  proximity.  Additionally, 
adjacent  competition,  such  as  other  cash-and-carry  operations,  commercial  wholesale  outlets,  warehouse  clubs  and  grocery  stores, 
continue to serve the commercial foodservice market. We also experience competition from online direct food wholesalers and other 
retailers. We generally do not have exclusive distribution agreements with our customers, and they may switch to other distributors 
that offer lower prices or differentiated products or customer service. The cost of switching distributors is very low, as are the barriers 
to  entry  into  the  U.S.  foodservice  distribution  industry.  We  believe  most  purchasing  decisions  in  the  U.S.  foodservice  distribution 
industry are based on the type, quality and price of the product and a distributor’s ability to completely and accurately fill orders and 
provide  timely  deliveries.  Disruptions  caused  by  macroeconomic  conditions,  inflationary  pressure,  supply  chain  disruptions, 
geopolitical events and labor shortages that impact our ability to completely and accurately fill orders and provide timely deliveries of 
quality products at competitive prices may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third party suppliers, and our business may be affected by interruption of supplies or increases in product costs.

We obtain most of our foodservice and related products from third party suppliers. We typically do not have long-term contracts with 
suppliers.  Although  our  purchasing  volume  can  provide  an  advantage  when  dealing  with  suppliers,  suppliers  may  not  provide  the 
foodservice products and supplies we need in the quantities and at the time and prices requested. Our suppliers may also be affected by 
higher costs to source or produce and transport products, as well as by other related expenses that they pass through to their customers, 
which could result in higher costs for the products they supply to us. We do not control the actual production of most of the products 
we sell. This means we are also subject to delays caused by interruption in production and increases in product costs based on actions 
and conditions outside our control. These actions and conditions include changes in supplier pricing practices (including promotional 

9

allowances); labor shortages, work slowdowns, work interruptions, strikes or other job actions by employees of suppliers or carriers; 
government  shutdowns;  severe  weather  and  climate  conditions;  crop  conditions;  product  or  raw  material  scarcity;  water  shortages; 
outbreak  of  food-borne  illnesses;  product  recalls;  transportation  interruptions;  unavailability  of  fuel  or  increases  in  fuel  costs; 
competitive  demands;  impact  of  climate  change;  and  natural  disasters,  pandemics,  terrorist  attacks,  international  hostilities,  civil 
insurrection  or  social  unrest;  or  any  other  catastrophic  events.  Moreover,  commodity  prices  continue  to  be  volatile  and  generally 
increased  due  to  supply  chain  disruptions  and  labor  and  transportation  shortages.  Our  inability  to  obtain  adequate  supplies  of 
foodservice and related products because of any of these or other factors could mean that we could not fulfill our obligations to our 
customers  and,  as  a  result,  our  customers  may  turn  to  other  distributors.  Furthermore,  any  changes  to  the  pricing  practices  of  our 
suppliers, including the reduction or elimination of promotional allowances, could result in a material adverse effect on our business, 
financial condition and results of operations.

Our  relationships  with  our  customers  and  GPOs  may  be  materially  diminished,  terminated  or  otherwise  changed,  which  may 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Most of our customers buy from us pursuant to individual purchase orders, and we often do not enter into long-term agreements with 
these  customers.  Because  these  customers  are  not  contractually  obligated  to  continue  purchasing  products  from  us,  we  cannot  be 
assured that the volume and/or number of our customers’ purchase orders will remain consistent or increase or that we will be able to 
maintain our existing customer base.

Further,  some  of  our  customers  purchase  their  products  under  arrangements  with  GPOs.  GPOs  act  as  agents  on  behalf  of  their 
members  by  negotiating  pricing,  delivery,  and  other  terms  with  us.  Our  customers  who  are  members  of  GPOs  purchase  products 
directly from us on the terms negotiated by their GPO. GPOs use the combined purchasing power of their members to negotiate more 
favorable prices than their members would typically be able to negotiate on their own, and we have experienced some pricing pressure 
from customers that associate themselves with a GPO. While no single customer represented more than 2% of our total net sales in 
fiscal year 2023, approximately 23% of our net sales in fiscal year 2023 were made to customers under terms negotiated by GPOs 
(including approximately 14% of our net sales in fiscal year 2023 that were made to customers that are members of one GPO). If an 
independent restaurant customer becomes a member of a GPO that has a contract with us, we may be forced to lower our prices to that 
customer, which would negatively impact our operating margin. In addition, if we are unable to maintain our relationships with GPOs, 
or  if  GPOs  are  able  to  negotiate  more  favorable  terms  for  their  members  with  our  competitors,  we  could  lose  some  or  all  of  that 
business. 

Market  competition,  customer  requirements,  customer  financial  condition  and  customer  consolidation  through  mergers  and 
acquisitions  also  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  continue  or  expand  our  relationships  with  customers  and  GPOs.  There  is  no 
guarantee that we will be able to retain or renew existing agreements, maintain relationships with any of our customers or GPOs on 
acceptable terms or at all or collect amounts owed to us from insolvent customers. Our customer and GPO agreements are generally 
terminable  upon  advance  written  notice  (typically  ranging  from  30  days  to  6  months)  by  either  us  or  the  customer  or  GPO,  which 
provides  our  customers  and  GPOs  with  the  opportunity  to  renegotiate  their  contracts  with  us  or  to  award  more  business  to  our 
competitors. 

Significant decreases in the number and/or size of our customers’ purchase orders, the loss of one or more of our major customers or 
GPOs  or  our  inability  to  grow  to  our  current  customer  base  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.

We  may  fail  to  increase  or  maintain  the  highest  margin  portions  of  our  business,  including  sales  to  independent  restaurant 
customers and sales of our private label products, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and 
results of operations.

Our most profitable customers are independent restaurants. We tend to work closely with independent restaurant customers, providing 
them  access  to  our  customer  value-added  tools,  and  as  a  result  are  able  to  earn  a  higher  operating  margin  on  sales  to  them.  These 
customers are also more likely to purchase our private label products, which are our most profitable products. Our ability to continue 
to gain market share of independent restaurant customers is critical to achieving increased operating profits. Changes in the buying 
practices of independent restaurant customers, including their ability to require us to sell to them at discounted rates, or decreases in 
our  sales  to  this  type  of  customer  or  a  decrease  in  the  sales  of  our  private  label  products  in  general  could  have  a  material  adverse 
impact  on  our  profitability.  A  pandemic  or  recession  could  result  in  a  substantial  disruption  in  many  of  our  independent  restaurant 
customers’ operations and, in some cases, permanent closures of restaurants. Loss of business as a result of a pandemic or recession 
and its negative economic impact could change the buying practices of our independent restaurant customers and may also result in 
additional permanent closures of restaurants, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of 
operations.

10

We  may  be  unable  to  achieve  some  or  all  of  the  benefits  that  we  expect  from  our  cost  savings  initiatives,  any  of  which  could 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to realize some or all of our expected cost savings from our various cost savings initiatives. A variety of factors 
could cause us not to realize expected cost savings, including, among others, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to our 
cost savings initiatives, lack of sustainability in cost savings over time, and unexpected costs associated with operating our business. 
All of these factors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fuel costs fluctuate, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Fuel  costs  related  to  outbound  deliveries  approximated  $191  million  during  fiscal  year  2023.  Higher  costs  of  fuel  may  negatively 
affect  consumer  confidence  and  discretionary  spending.  This  may  reduce  the  frequency  and  amount  spent  by  consumers  for  food 
prepared  away  from  home.  In  addition,  higher  costs  of  fuel  may  increase  the  price  we  pay  for  products  and  the  costs  we  incur  to 
deliver products to our customers. We require significant quantities of fuel for our vehicle fleet, and the price and supply of fuel are 
unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, including geopolitical developments, supply and demand for oil and 
gas, regional production patterns, weather conditions and environmental concerns. Although, from time to time, we enter into forward 
purchase commitments for some of our fuel requirements at prices equal to the then-current market price, these forward purchases may 
prove ineffective in protecting us from changes in fuel prices or even result in us paying higher than market costs for part of our fuel. 
In addition, the use of such derivative instruments may expose us to the risk that our counterparties fail to perform their obligations, 
which  could  result  in  financial  losses.  Furthermore,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  we  will  be  able  to  pass  along  increased  fuel  costs  to 
customers  in  the  future.  Each  of  these  factors  may,  in  turn,  adversely  affect  our  sales,  margins,  operating  expenses,  and  operating 
results.

Changes  in  consumer  eating  habits  or  diets  may  reduce  demand  for  our  products  and  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.

Changes  in  consumer  eating  habits  (such  as  a  decline  in  consuming  food  away  from  home,  a  decline  in  portion  sizes,  or  a  shift  in 
preferences toward restaurants that are not our customers) could reduce demand for our products. Consumer eating habits could be 
affected  by  a  number  of  factors,  including  changes  in  attitudes  regarding  diet  and  health  or  new  information  regarding  the  health 
effects  of  consuming  certain  foods.  There  is  a  growing  consumer  preference  for  sustainable,  organic  and  locally  grown  products. 
Changes  to  consumer  eating  habits  also  occur  due  to  generational  shifts.  Millennials,  the  largest  demographic  group  in  the  U.S.  in 
terms of spend, generally seek new and different, as well as more ethnic and diverse, menu options and menu innovation. If consumer 
eating habits change significantly, we may be required to modify or discontinue sales of certain items in our product portfolio, and we 
may experience higher costs associated with the implementation of those changes. Changing consumer eating habits may reduce the 
frequency with which consumers purchase meals outside of the home. Additionally, changes in consumer eating habits may result in 
the enactment or amendment of laws and regulations that impact the sourcing, ingredients and nutritional content of our food products, 
or  laws  and  regulations  requiring  us  to  make  additional  disclosures  regarding  the  ingredients  and  nutritional  content  of  our  food 
products. Compliance with these and other laws and regulations may be costly and time-consuming. If we are not able to effectively 
adapt our product portfolio to trends in eating habits or respond to changes in consumer health perceptions or resulting new laws and 
regulations, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

If our competitors implement a lower cost structure and offer lower prices to our customers, we may be unable to adjust our cost 
structure to compete profitably and retain those customers.

Over  the  last  several  decades,  the  U.S.  food  retail  industry  has  undergone  significant  change.  Club  stores,  commercial  wholesale 
outlets,  direct  food  wholesalers  and  online  food  retailers  have  developed  lower  cost  structures,  creating  increased  pressure  on  the 
industry’s  profit  margins.  As  a  large-scale  U.S.  foodservice  distributor,  we  have  similar  strategies  to  remain  competitive  in  the 
marketplace by reducing our cost structure. However, to the extent more of our competitors adopt an everyday low-price strategy, we 
would  potentially  be  pressured  to  offer  lower  prices  to  our  customers.  That  would  require  us  to  achieve  additional  cost  savings  to 
offset these reductions. If we are unable to change our cost structure and pricing practices rapidly enough to successfully compete in 
that environment, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Climate change, or the legal, regulatory or market measures being implemented to address climate change, may have an adverse 
impact on our business.

The  effects  of  climate  change  may  create  financial  and  operational  risks  to  our  business,  both  directly  and  indirectly.  There  is  an 
increased focus around the world by regulatory and legislative bodies at all levels towards policies relating to climate change and the 
impact  of  global  warming,  including  the  regulation  of  greenhouse  gas  (GHG)  emissions,  energy  usage  and  sustainability  efforts. 
Increased  compliance  costs  and  expenses  due  to  the  impacts  of  climate  change  on  our  business,  as  well  as  additional  legal  or 
regulatory  requirements  regarding  climate  change  or  designed  to  reduce  or  mitigate  the  effects  of  carbon  dioxide  and  other  GHG 
emissions  on  the  environment,  may  cause  disruptions  in,  or  an  increase  in  the  costs  associated  with,  the  running  of  our  business, 
particularly  with  regard  to  our  distribution  and  supply  chain  operations.  Moreover,  compliance  with  any  such  legal  or  regulatory 

11

requirements  may  require  that  we  implement  changes  to  our  business  operations  and  strategy,  which  would  require  us  to  devote 
substantial  time  and  attention  to  these  matters  and  cause  us  to  incur  additional  costs.  The  effects  of  climate  change,  and  legal  or 
regulatory initiatives to address climate change, could have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

In addition, from time to time we establish and publicly announce goals and commitments related to corporate social responsibility 
matters,  including  those  related  to  reducing  our  impact  on  the  environment.  For  example,  in  2022,  we  established  goals  for  the 
reduction of GHG emissions, which include a target of reducing our absolute Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 32.5% by 2032 from a 
2019  base  year.  Additionally,  in  2023,  we  established  a  goal  for  67%  of  our  suppliers  by  emissions  covering  purchased  goods  and 
services to have science-based climate targets by 2027. Our ability to meet these and other related goals depends in part on significant 
technological  advancements  with  respect  to  the  development  and  availability  of  reliable,  affordable  and  sustainable  alternative 
solutions, including electric and other alternative fuel vehicles as well as alternative energy sources, which may not be developed or be 
available to us in the timeframe needed to achieve these goals. In addition, we may determine that it is in our best interests to prioritize 
other business, social, governance or sustainable investments over the achievement of our current goals based on economic, regulatory 
or social factors, business strategy or other factors. If we do not meet our publicly stated goals, then we may experience a negative 
reaction  from  the  media,  stockholders,  activists  and  other  interested  stakeholders,  and  any  perception  that  we  have  failed  to  act 
responsibly regarding climate change, whether or not valid, could result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business and 
reputation.  While  we  remain  committed  to  being  responsive  to  climate  change  and  reducing  our  carbon  footprint,  there  can  be  no 
assurance that our goals and strategic plans to achieve those goals will be successful, that the costs related to climate transition will not 
be  higher  than  expected,  that  the  necessary  technological  advancements  will  occur  in  the  timeframe  we  expect,  or  at  all,  or  that 
proposed regulation or deregulation related to climate change will not have a negative competitive impact, any one of which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment charges for goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets or other long-lived assets could adversely affect the Company’s 
financial condition and results of operations.

We review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may 
not be recoverable. We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate an asset may be impaired. Relevant factors, events and circumstances that affect the fair 
value  of  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  may  include  external  factors  such  as  macroeconomic,  industry,  and  market 
conditions,  as  well  as  entity-specific  factors,  such  as  actual  and  planned  financial  performance.  We  may  be  required  to  record  a 
significant charge in our consolidated financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or intangible 
assets is determined, which would negatively affect our results of operations. For example, the Company completed its most recent 
annual impairment assessment for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of the first day of the third quarter of fiscal year 
2023 with no impairments noted. Impairment analysis requires significant judgment by management and is sensitive to changes in key 
assumptions used, such as future cash flows, discount rates and growth rates as well as current market conditions in both the United 
States and globally. To the extent that business conditions deteriorate further, or if changes in key assumptions and estimates differ 
significantly  from  management’s  expectations,  it  may  be  necessary  to  record  additional  future  impairment  charges,  which  could  be 
material. For more information on the goodwill assessment, see the section captioned “Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible 
Assets” in Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Note 9, Goodwill 
and Other Intangibles, in our consolidated financial statements.

Risks Relating to Product Safety and Regulatory Requirements

Our  business  is  subject  to  significant  governmental  regulation,  and  failure  to  comply  with  applicable  governmental  regulations 
may lead to lawsuits, investigations and other liabilities and restrictions on our operations.

In  the  course  of  our  operations,  we  process,  handle,  store  and  transport  a  wide  variety  of  food  and  non-food  products,  operate  and 
maintain vehicle fleets, operate forklifts and other equipment, store fuel in on-site aboveground and underground storage tanks, and 
sell,  use  and  dispose  of  hazardous  substances  including  in  connection  with  our  use  of  our  ammonia  or  freon-based  refrigeration 
systems,  propane,  and  battery-powered  forklifts.  Our  operations  are  subject  to  a  broad  range  of  laws  and  regulations  including 
regulations governing the processing, packaging, storage, distribution, marketing, advertising, labeling, transportation, export, quality 
and safety of our food and non-food products, as well as rights of our employees and the protection of the environment. Changes in 
legal  or  regulatory  requirements  (such  as  new  product  safety  requirements,  revised  regulatory  requirements  for  the  sourcing, 
processing and packaging of products, and requirements to restrict or phase-out certain chemicals and ozone-depleting substances or 
otherwise regulating greenhouse gas emissions), or evolving interpretations of existing legal or regulatory requirements, may result in 
increased  compliance  cost,  capital  expenditures  and  other  financial  obligations  including  costs  to  upgrade,  phase  out,  modify  or 
replace  products  or  equipment  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Our  product 
suppliers are also subject to various laws and regulations and their alleged noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations could 
create potential liability or other adverse impacts for our business. We generally seek contractual representations and warranties from 

12

suppliers  that  they  comply  with  all  applicable  laws  and  regulations  and  we  maintain  supplier  policies  requiring  their  ongoing 
compliance with applicable laws and regulations as well.

We are subject to governmental regulation regarding our relationship with our employees including minimum wage, overtime, wage 
payment, wage and hour, employment discrimination, harassment and immigration. Due to contracts we have with federal and state 
governmental entities as customers, we are subject to various disclosure obligations related to our employment practices and business 
operations, including the recent implementation of requirements to disclose information related to our greenhouse gas emissions, all of 
which are subject to audit. In addition, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the CDC, OSHA and various other federal, state, and 
local authorities have issued guidance, new interpretations of existing requirements, and implemented new requirements for employers 
that affect the operation of our facilities and the management of our workforce. The various federal, state and local requirements and 
guidance  impacting  our  business  continue  to  evolve,  but  we  are  continually  monitoring  for  updates  and  responding  to  updated 
requirements and guidance applicable to our business as we become aware of them.

At various facilities, we are investigating and remediating known or suspected contamination from historical releases of fuel and other 
hazardous  substances  that  is  not  currently  the  subject  of  any  administrative  or  judicial  proceeding,  but  we  may  be  subject  to 
administrative or judicial proceedings in the future for contamination related to releases of fuel or other hazardous substances. 

Failing  to  comply  with  applicable  legal  and  regulatory  requirements,  or  encountering  disagreements  with  respect  to  our  contracts 
subject  to  governmental  regulation,  could  result  in  a  number  of  adverse  situations.  These  could  include  investigations;  litigation  or 
other legal proceedings; administrative, civil, or criminal penalties or fines; mandatory or voluntary product recalls; cease and desist 
orders against operations that are not in compliance; closing facilities or operations; debarments from contracting with governmental 
entities; and loss or modification of existing, or denial of additional, licenses, permits, registrations, or approvals.

If the products we distribute are alleged to cause injury, illness or other damage or to fail to comply with applicable governmental 
regulations, we may need to recall or withdraw products.

As a distributor and manufacturer of food and non-food products, we may be subject to product recalls, including voluntary recalls or 
withdrawals,  if  the  products  we  distribute  or  manufacture  are  alleged  to  cause  injury,  illness  or  other  damage,  to  be  mislabeled, 
misbranded,  or  adulterated,  or  to  otherwise  violate  applicable  governmental  regulations.  We  may  recall  products  based  on  alleged 
occurrences of food-borne illnesses (such as E. coli, listeriosis, hepatitis A, trichinosis, salmonella, etc.), contamination, adulteration, 
mislabeling, misbranding, or food tampering. We may also choose to voluntarily recall or withdraw products that we determine do not 
satisfy our quality standards, whether for taste, appearance or otherwise, in order to protect our brand and reputation. 

Any  future  product  recall  or  withdrawal  that  results  in  substantial  and  unexpected  expenditures,  destruction  of  product  inventory, 
damage to our reputation and/or lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for an extended period of time could adversely affect 
our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  If  patrons  of  our  customers  become  ill  from  food-borne  illnesses,  our 
customers could be forced to temporarily close locations and our sales would correspondingly decrease.

We  may  experience  product  liability  claims,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.

We may be exposed to potential product liability claims in the event that the products we distribute or manufacture are alleged to have 
caused  injury,  illness  or  other  damage.  We  believe  we  have  sufficient  liability  insurance  to  cover  product  liability  claims.  We  also 
generally seek contractual indemnification and insurance coverage from parties supplying products to us. If our current insurance does 
not continue to be available at a reasonable cost or is inadequate to cover all of our liabilities, or if our indemnification or insurance 
coverage  is  limited,  as  a  practical  matter,  by  the  creditworthiness  of  the  indemnifying  party  or  the  insured  limits  of  our  suppliers’ 
insurance coverage, the liability related to allegedly defective products that we distribute or manufacture could adversely affect our 
business, financial condition and results of operations.

Negative  publicity  from  product  recalls,  instances  of  food-borne  illness,  or  alleged  food  tampering  may  adversely  impact  our 
reputation and business.

Ensuring  the  safety  and  integrity  of  the  products  we  distribute  is  critical  to  our  business,  particularly  in  selling  our  private  label 
products,  and  to  maintaining  our  good  reputation.  Events  like  product  recalls,  occurrences  of  food-borne  illness,  or  alleged  food 
tampering may cause negative publicity about the quality, safety, sustainability or integrity of our products, whether or not such events 
are related to our products. Any event that damages our reputation or calls into question the safety or integrity of our products, whether 
justified or not, could quickly and negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

13

Risks Relating to Human Capital Management

We face risks related to labor relations, increased labor costs and the availability of qualified labor, any of which could have an 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We employed approximately 30,000 associates as of December 30, 2023, of which approximately 6,300 were members of local unions 
associated with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and other labor organizations. Any failure to effectively negotiate CBAs 
could  result  in  work  stoppages.  From  time  to  time,  we  may  face  increased  efforts  to  subject  us  to  multi-location  labor  disputes,  as 
individual labor agreements expire or labor disputes arise. This would place us at greater risk of being unable to continue to operate 
one  or  more  facilities,  possibly  delaying  deliveries,  or  not  allowing  customers  to  purchase  our  products,  causing  customers  to  seek 
alternative  distributors  or  retail  locations,  or  otherwise  being  materially  adversely  affected  by  labor  disputes.  When  there  are  labor 
related  issues  at  a  facility  represented  by  a  local  union,  sympathy  strikes  may  occur  at  other  facilities  that  are  represented  by  other 
local unions. While we generally believe we have good relations with our associates, including the unions that represent some of our 
associates, a work stoppage due to a failure to renegotiate union contracts or for other reasons could have a material adverse effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Further,  potential  changes  in  labor  legislation  and  case  law  could  result  in  current  non-union  portions  of  our  workforce,  including 
warehouse  and  delivery  personnel,  being  subjected  to  greater  organized  labor  influence.  If  additional  portions  of  our  workforce 
became subject to CBAs, this could result in increased costs of doing business as we would become subject to mandatory, binding 
arbitration or labor scheduling, costs and standards, which may reduce our operating flexibility.

We are subject to a wide range of labor costs. Because our industry’s labor costs are, as a percentage of net sales, higher than many 
other industries’ labor costs, even if we are able to successfully renegotiate CBAs and avoid work stoppages, we may be significantly 
impacted by labor cost increases, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Furthermore, our recruiting and retention efforts and efforts to increase productivity may not be successful and we could encounter a 
shortage  of  qualified  labor  in  future  periods.  Any  such  shortage  would  decrease  our  ability  to  serve  our  customers  effectively  and 
would also likely lead to higher wages for employees and a corresponding reduction in our profitability.

In addition, labor is a significant cost of many of our customers in the U.S. food away from home industry. Any increase in their labor 
costs,  including  any  increases  in  costs  as  a  result  of  wage  inflation,  increases  in  minimum  wage  requirements  or  labor  shortages 
resulting in increased overtime, could reduce the profitability of our customers and reduce their demand for our products.

We  may  be  unable  to  attract  or  retain  a  qualified  and  diverse  workforce,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.

A  labor  shortage  or  increased  employee  turnover,  caused  by  general  macroeconomic  factors,  could  potentially  increase  labor  costs, 
reduce our profitability and/or decrease our ability to effectively serve customers. If a material number of our employees are unable to 
work or terminate their employment, or become ill at one point in time, our business operations may be adversely affected.

The success of our business depends on our ability to attract, train, develop and retain a highly skilled and diverse workforce. We rely 
heavily  on  our  front-line  associates,  particularly  warehouse  workers  and  drivers,  and  any  significant  shortage  of  qualified  labor 
amongst  our  front-line  associates  could  adversely  affect  our  business.  Recruiting  and  retention  efforts  (particularly  with  respect  to 
driver  and  warehouse  personnel)  and  actions  to  increase  productivity  may  not  be  successful,  and  we  could  encounter  a  shortage  of 
qualified employee talent in the future. Shortages of, and increased competition for, qualified employees may result in increased labor 
costs  and  could  decrease  our  ability  to  serve  our  customers  effectively.  Additionally,  if  our  employees  are  unable  to  work  for  any 
reason,  whether  because  of  illness,  quarantine,  limitations  on  travel  or  other  government  restrictions  in  connection  with  any  future 
pandemics, we could face additional shortages of qualified labor and higher labor costs. Any prolonged labor shortage or period of 
high  employee  turnover  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  productivity  and  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.

Furthermore,  as  a  government  contractor,  we  are  subject  to  oversight  by  the  Department  of  Labor’s  Office  of  Federal  Contract 
Compliance Programs, which reviews our employment practices including affirmative action and non-discrimination based on race, 
sex  and  disability,  among  other  characteristics.  If  an  audit  or  investigation  reveals  a  failure  to  comply  with  regulations,  we  could 
become subject to civil or criminal penalties and/or administrative sanctions, including government pre-approval of our government 
contracting activities, termination of government contracts, and suspension or debarment from doing further business with the U.S. 
government  and  could  also  be  subject  to  claims  for  breach  of  contract  by  our  customers.  Any  of  these  actions  could  increase  our 
expenses, reduce our revenue and damage our reputation as a reliable government supplier.

14

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our  level  of  indebtedness  may  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and  our  ability  to  raise  additional  capital  or  obtain 
financing in the future, react to changes in our business and make required payments on our debt.

We had $4.7 billion of indebtedness outstanding, as of December 30, 2023.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our debt facilities depend on our ongoing financial 
and  operating  performance,  among  other  things,  and  may  be  affected  by  economic,  financial  and  industry  conditions  beyond  our 
control, including as discussed under the caption “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” above. If our cash flows and capital 
resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, 
raise additional equity capital or restructure our debt. However, there is no assurance that such alternative measures may be successful 
or permitted under the agreements governing our indebtedness and, as a result, we may not be able to meet our scheduled debt service 
obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required 
to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations.

Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences, including the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations may be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on our 
indebtedness,  thereby  reducing  the  funds  available  for  other  purposes,  including  working  capital,  capital  expenditures, 
acquisitions and general corporate purposes;

we  are  exposed  to  the  risk  of  increased  interest  rates  because  approximately  30%  of  the  net  principal  amount  of  our 
indebtedness accrued interest at variable rates of interest as of December 30, 2023;

it may be difficult for us to satisfy our obligations to our lenders, resulting in possible defaults on and acceleration of such 
indebtedness;

we may be more vulnerable to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

we may be at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt or lower debt service requirements 
and  they,  as  a  result,  may  be  better  positioned  to  withstand  competitive  pressures  and  general  adverse  economic  and 
industry conditions; 

our ability to refinance indebtedness may be limited or the associated costs may increase; and

our ability to refinance indebtedness and obtain additional financing may be limited or the associated costs of refinancing 
and obtaining additional financing may increase.

Our  level  of  indebtedness  may  further  increase  from  time  to  time.  Although  the  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  contain 
restrictions  on  the  incurrence  of  additional  indebtedness,  these  restrictions  are  subject  to  a  number  of  significant  qualifications  and 
exceptions and, under certain circumstances, the amount of indebtedness, including secured debt, that could be incurred in compliance 
with these restrictions could be substantial. Incurring substantial additional indebtedness could further exacerbate the risks associated 
with our level of indebtedness. 

The agreements and instruments governing our indebtedness contain restrictions and limitations that may significantly impact our 
ability to operate our business.

The agreements and instruments governing our indebtedness contain covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to: dispose 
of assets; incur additional indebtedness (including guarantees of additional indebtedness); pay dividends and make certain payments; 
create  liens  on  assets;  make  investments;  engage  in  certain  business  combination  transactions;  engage  in  certain  transactions  with 
affiliates; change the business we conduct; and amend specific debt agreements. In addition, certain of these agreements subject us to 
various financial covenants.

The restrictions under the agreements governing our indebtedness may prevent us from taking actions that we believe would be in the 
best interest of our business and may make it difficult for us to successfully execute our business strategy or effectively compete with 
companies that are not similarly restricted. We may also incur future debt obligations that might subject us to additional restrictive and 
financial covenants that could affect our financial and operational flexibility. We cannot assure you that we will be granted waivers of 
or amendments to these agreements if for any reason we are unable to comply with them, or that we will be able to refinance our debt 
on acceptable terms or at all.

Our  ability  to  comply  with  the  covenants  and  restrictions  contained  in  the  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  depends  on  our 
ongoing financial and operating performance, among other things, and may be affected by economic, financial and industry conditions 
beyond our control, including as discussed under the caption “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” above. The breach of any 
of  these  covenants  or  restrictions  could  result  in  a  default  under  the  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  that  would  permit  the 
applicable lenders or note holders, as the case may be, to declare all amounts outstanding thereunder to be due and payable, together 
with  accrued  and  unpaid  interest.  If  we  are  unable  to  repay  debt,  creditors  having  secured  obligations  could  proceed  against  the 

15

collateral securing the debt. In any such case, we may be unable to borrow under our credit facilities and may not be able to repay the 
amounts  due  under  our  indebtedness.  This  could  have  serious  consequences  to  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations and could cause us to become bankrupt or insolvent.

Risks Relating to Technology, Information Security and Intellectual Property

We rely heavily on technology, and we may experience a disruption in existing technology or delay in effectively implementing new 
technology.

Our  ability  to  serve  customers  most  effectively,  as  well  as  to  control  costs  and  maximize  profits,  depends  on  the  reliability  of  our 
information technology systems and related data entry processes in our transaction intensive business. We rely on software and other 
information  technology  to  manage  significant  aspects  of  our  business,  such  as  purchasing,  order  processing,  warehouse/inventory 
management, truck loading and logistics and optimization of storage space. We also rely on access to those systems online including 
through  mobile  devices  to  connect  with  our  employees,  customers,  suppliers  and  other  business  partners.  The  importance  of  such 
networks  and  systems  has  increased  due  to  many  of  our  employees,  and  the  employees  of  our  customers,  suppliers  and  business 
partners, working remotely. 

Any  disruption  to  this  information  technology  could  negatively  affect  our  customer  service,  decrease  the  volume  of  our  business, 
impair  operations  and  profits  and  result  in  increased  costs.  If  we  do  not  allocate  and  effectively  manage  the  resources  necessary  to 
build,  sustain  and  protect  appropriate  information  technology  systems,  we  could  experience  service  disruptions  or  other  system 
failures and our business or financial results could be adversely impacted. We have also outsourced several information technology 
support  services  and  administrative  functions  to  third-party  service  providers,  and  may  outsource  other  functions  in  the  future  to 
achieve cost savings and efficiencies. If these service providers do not perform effectively due to breach or system failure, we may not 
be able to achieve the expected benefits and our business may be disrupted.

Information technology evolves rapidly. To compete effectively, we are required to integrate new technologies in a timely and cost-
effective  manner.  If  competitors  implement  new  technologies  before  we  do,  allowing  them  to  provide  lower  priced  or  enhanced 
services  of  superior  quality  compared  to  those  we  provide,  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be 
adversely affected.

A cybersecurity incident may negatively affect our operations, business, financial condition and our relationships with customers.

We  rely  upon  information  technology  networks  and  systems,  some  of  which  are  outsourced  to  and  managed  by  third  parties,  to 
process,  transmit  and  store  electronic  information,  to  manage  our  data,  communications  and  business  processes,  including  our 
marketing,  sales,  manufacturing,  procurement,  logistics,  customer  service,  accounting  and  administrative  functions.  Our  reliance  on 
such networks and systems has increased due to many of our employees, and the employees of our customers, suppliers and business 
partners,  working  remotely.  The  use  of  these  networks  and  systems  gives  rise  to  cybersecurity  risks,  and  the  risk  of  other  security 
breaches (including access to or acquisition of supplier, customer, employee or other confidential information). 

The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of secured data or interference with the networks and systems on which we 
rely  could  result  in  business  disruption,  negative  publicity,  brand  damage,  violation  of  privacy  laws,  loss  of  customers,  potential 
liability, and competitive disadvantage, which in turn could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 
While  we  have  implemented  measures  such  as  implementing  cybersecurity  policies,  training  our  employees  and  monitoring  our 
information  technology  systems,  to  prevent  security  breaches,  disruptions  or  other  system  failures,  our  preventative  measures  and 
incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. The cost to remediate damages to our information technology systems suffered 
as a result of a cyberattack or other unauthorized access to secured data could be significant. 

Cyberattacks  have  been  occurring  globally  at  a  more  frequent  rate  and  are  rapidly  and  continually  evolving,  making  them  more 
difficult to detect and protect against. Additionally, continued geopolitical turmoil, including the ongoing conflict between Russia and 
Ukraine,  has  heightened  the  risk  of  cyberattacks.  While  cyberattackers  have  threatened  and  attempted  to  breach  our  security  and 
access the information stored in our information systems, no incident has been material or had a material impact on our business or 
financial condition. However, there is a risk that we may incur significant costs in protecting against or remediating cyberattacks or 
other cyber incidents. Although we maintain insurance that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain cyber incidents, 
it may be insufficient to cover all losses.

In addition, in the event our suppliers or customers experience a breach or system failure, cyberattack or other security breach, their 
businesses  could  be  disrupted  or  otherwise  negatively  affected,  which  may  result  in  a  disruption  in  our  supply  chain  or  reduced 
customer orders, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our failure to comply with data privacy regulations could adversely affect our business.

There  are  new  and  emerging  data  privacy  laws,  as  well  as  frequent  updates  and  changes  to  existing  data  privacy  laws,  in  the 
jurisdictions in which we operate. Given the complexity of these laws and the requirements they place on businesses regarding the 

16

collection, storage, handling, use, disclosure, transfer and security of personal data, it is important for us to understand their impact 
and  respond  accordingly.  Failure  to  comply  with  data  privacy  laws  can  result  in  substantial  fines  or  penalties,  legal  liability  and 
reputational damage. Several U.S. states have enacted (and additional U.S. states are considering enacting) stringent consumer privacy 
laws, which may impose varying standards and requirements on our data collection, use and processing activities. Continued state by 
state introduction of privacy laws can be expected to lead to significantly greater complexity in our compliance requirements, which 
could result in complaints from data subjects and/or action from regulators. If we do not provide sufficient resources to ensure we are 
able to respond, adapt and implement the necessary requirements to respond to the various forthcoming changes, which could include 
federal  data  privacy  requirements,  our  reputation  could  be  adversely  impacted  and  we  could  face  exposure  to  fines  levied  by 
regulators, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any failure to protect them could reduce the value of our products and brands.

We  consider  our  intellectual  property  rights,  particularly  our  trademarks,  to  be  a  valuable  aspect  of  our  business.  We  protect  our 
intellectual  property  rights  through  a  combination  of  trademark,  copyright  and  trade  secret  protection.  Our  failure  to  obtain  or 
adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property  or  any  change  in  law  that  lessens  or  removes  the  current  legal  protections  of  our 
intellectual property may diminish our competitiveness and adversely affect our business and financial results.

Competing intellectual property claims that impact our brands may arise unexpectedly. Any litigation or disputes regarding intellectual 
property may be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of key personnel from our business operations. We also may 
be subject to significant damages or injunctions against development, launch and sale of certain products. Any of these occurrences 
may harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Acquisitions

We may fail to realize the expected benefits of acquisitions or effectively integrate the businesses we acquire, which may adversely 
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Historically,  a  portion  of  our  growth  has  come  through  acquisitions.  In  2023,  we  completed  two  acquisitions  -  the  acquisition  of 
substantially all of the assets of Renzi Bros., Inc. and the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Saladino’s, Inc.

If we are unable to successfully execute on acquisitions in the future, integrate acquired businesses successfully or realize anticipated 
synergies  from  acquisitions  in  a  timely  manner,  we  may  not  realize  our  projected  return  on  investment  and  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Integrating acquired businesses may be more difficult in a region or 
market where we have limited expertise or with a company culture or operating structure different than ours. A significant acquisition, 
in terms of geography or magnitude, could strain our leadership’s attention and our administrative and operational resources. We also 
may be unable to retain qualified management and other key personnel of the acquired businesses, that may be necessary to integrate 
acquired businesses successfully or realize anticipated synergies in a timely manner. 

Risks Relating to our Common Stock

Actions of activist stockholders could adversely impact our business and cause us to incur significant expenses. 

We have been, and may in the future be, subject to actions or proposals initiated by activist stockholders or others, and some such 
actions or proposals may not be aligned with our long-term strategy or the interests of our other stockholders. In 2022, we engaged in 
extensive dialogue with Sachem Head Capital Management (“Sachem Head”) resulting in our entry into a cooperation agreement with 
Sachem  Head  in  which  we  agreed  on  certain  matters  relating  to  our  Board  of  Directors  and  our  chief  executive  officer.  These 
discussions  resulted  in  the  expenditure  of  significant  time  and  energy  by  management  and  our  Board  of  Directors  and  required 
dedication by the Company of significant resources. The Company’s response to suggested actions, proposals, director nominations 
and/or contests for the election of directors from activist stockholders could disrupt our business and operations, divert the attention of 
our Board of Directors, management and employees and be costly and time consuming. Potential actions by activist stockholders may 
interfere  with  our  ability  to  execute  our  strategic  plans;  create  perceived  uncertainties  as  to  the  future  direction  of  our  business  or 
strategy; cause uncertainty with our regulators; make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel; and adversely affect our 
relationships with our existing and potential customers, suppliers and other business partners. Any of the foregoing could adversely 
impact  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Also,  we  may  be  required  to  incur  significant  fees  and  expenses 
related to responding to stockholder activism, including for third-party advisors. Further, the market price of our common stock could 
be subject to significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties described above.

17

General Risk Factors

Changes  in  applicable  tax  laws  and  regulations  and  the  resolution  of  tax  disputes  may  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations.

We are subject to income and other taxes in the U.S. and various state and local jurisdictions, and changes in tax laws or regulations or 
tax rulings may have an adverse impact on our effective tax rate. The U.S. and many state and local jurisdictions where we do business 
from time to time enact changes in relevant tax, accounting and other laws, regulations and interpretations. Given the unpredictability 
of possible changes to U.S. federal and state and local tax laws and regulations, it is very difficult to predict their cumulative effect on 
our results of operations and cash flows, but new and changed laws and regulations could adversely impact our results of operations. 
We are also subject to the examination of our tax returns and other tax matters by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and other 
state  and  local  tax  authorities  and  governmental  bodies,  for  which  we  regularly  assess  the  likelihood  of  an  adverse  outcome.  If  the 
ultimate determination of these examinations is that taxes are owed by us for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, our 
business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws includes a forum selection clause.

The Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation requires that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an 
alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or 
proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, 
officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a 
claim against the Company or director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of 
the  Delaware  General  Corporate  Law,  the  Company’s  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  or  the  Bylaws  of  the 
Company,  or  (iv)  any  action  asserting  a  claim  against  the  Company  or  director,  officer,  employee,  agent  or  stockholder  of  the 
Company  governed  by  the  internal  affairs  doctrine,  in  each  case  subject  to  the  court  having  jurisdiction  over  indispensable  parties 
named  as  defendants.  Moreover,  under  the  Company’s  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws,  unless  we 
consent  in  writing  to  the  selection  of  an  alternative  forum,  the  federal  courts  of  the  United  States  of  America,  to  the  fullest  extent 
permitted by law, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any action asserting a cause of action arising under the 
Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our capital stock is deemed to have received 
notice of and consented to provisions of the forum selection clause. 

The choice of forum provision may increase costs to bring a claim, discourage claims or limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim 
in  a  judicial  forum  that  it  finds  favorable  for  disputes  with  the  Company  or  the  Company’s  directors,  officers  or  other  employees, 
which may discourage such lawsuits against the Company or the Company’s directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to 
find the choice of forum provision contained in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws to be 
inapplicable  or  unenforceable  in  an  action,  the  Company  may  incur  additional  costs  associated  with  resolving  such  action  in  other 
jurisdictions. 

The nature of our operations may expose our associates and other individuals to health and safety risks, and as a result we may 
incur property, casualty or other losses not covered by our insurance policies and damage to our reputation.

The nature of our operations can expose our associates and other individuals, including the motoring public, to health and safety risks 
that may lead to severe injuries or even loss of life. Such risks could expose us to the potential for litigation from third parties, and also 
could harm our reputation which may result in a reduction in customer demand. Although we maintain insurance that we believe to be 
sufficient  to  cover  estimated  health  and  safety  risks,  including  claims  related  to  incidents  within  our  operations,  vehicle  and  driver 
related claims and other types of claims in various jurisdictions, there can be no assurance that such insurance will provide adequate 
coverage  against  all  potential  claims.  If  we  do  not  have  adequate  insurance  coverage  available,  such  claims  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Adverse judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we are or may be involved in the normal course of our 
business could limit our ability to operate our business and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In  the  normal  course  of  our  business,  we  are  involved  in  various  legal  proceedings.  The  outcome  of  these  proceedings  cannot  be 
predicted. If any of these proceedings were determined adversely to us or require a settlement involving a payment of a material sum 
of money, it could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, we could 
become the subject of future claims by third parties, including our employees, suppliers, customers, GPOs, investors, or regulators. 
Any significant adverse judgments or settlements could reduce our profits and limit our ability to operate our business.

Extreme weather conditions and natural disasters, and other catastrophic events, may interrupt our business, or our customers’ or 
suppliers’ businesses.

Some of our facilities and our customers’ and suppliers’ facilities are located in areas that may be subject to extreme, and occasionally 
prolonged,  weather  conditions,  including  hurricanes,  tornadoes,  blizzards,  and  extreme  cold.  Extreme  weather  conditions,  whether 
caused by global climate change or otherwise, may interrupt our operations in such areas. Furthermore, extreme weather conditions 
may disrupt critical infrastructure in the United States and interrupt or impede access to our customers’ facilities, reduce the number of 

18

consumers who visit our customers’ facilities, interrupt our suppliers’ production or shipments or increase our suppliers’ product costs, 
all of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our business could be affected by large-scale terrorist acts or the outbreak or escalation of armed hostilities (especially 
those  directed  against  or  otherwise  involving  the  U.S.),  the  outbreak  of  food-borne  illnesses,  the  widespread  outbreak  of  infectious 
diseases, or the occurrence of other catastrophic events. Any of these events could impair our ability to manage our business and/or 
cause  disruption  of  economic  activity,  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations.

Our retirement benefits may give rise to significant expenses and liabilities in the future.

We sponsor defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. These pension and postretirement obligations give rise to costs 
that  are  dependent  on  various  assumptions,  including  those  discussed  in  Note  18,  Retirement  Plans,  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements,  many  of  which  are  outside  of  our  control,  such  as  performance  of  financial  markets,  interest  rates,  participant  age  and 
mortality. In the event we determine that our assumptions should be revised, our future pension and postretirement plan benefit costs 
could  increase  or  decrease.  The  assumptions  we  use  may  differ  from  actual  results,  which  could  have  a  significant  impact  on  our 
pension and postretirement obligations and related costs and funding requirements. 

In  addition  to  the  plans  we  sponsor,  we  also  contribute  to  various  multiemployer  pension  plans  administered  by  labor  unions 
representing  some  of  our  employees.  We  make  periodic  contributions  to  these  plans  to  allow  them  to  meet  their  pension  benefit 
obligations  to  their  participants.  In  the  event  that  we  withdraw  from  participating  in  one  of  these  plans—including  by  deciding  to 
discontinue participation in a plan in the ordinary course renegotiation of a CBA or by reducing the number of employees participating 
in  a  plan  to  a  certain  degree  over  a  certain  period  of  time  as  a  result  of  a  facility  closure  or  other  change  in  our  operations—then 
applicable law could require us to make additional withdrawal liability payments to the plan based on the applicable plan’s funding 
status.  Some  multiemployer  plans,  including  ones  to  which  we  contribute,  are  reported  to  have  significant  underfunded  liabilities, 
which could increase the size of potential withdrawal liability. Any withdrawal liability payments that we are required to make could 
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 1C.     Cybersecurity

Risk Management and Strategy

We invest in a comprehensive cybersecurity program that applies a recognized framework, utilizes industry standard tools, relies on 
expert partners, connects associates across the organization and leverages communication to protect our systems and our data.

Our cybersecurity program is designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of critical assets and information, using 
a  proactive  and  risk-based  approach.  We  utilize  the  National  Institute  of  Standards  and  Technology  (“NIST”)  Cyber  Security 
Framework  to  define  and  regularly  reassess  our  cybersecurity  program.  The  NIST  framework  is  structured  around  five  commonly 
defined  stages  (Identify,  Protect,  Detect,  Recover  and  Respond)  and  is  a  comprehensive  approach  to  information  and  cybersecurity 
risk management. Our policies, including our Information Security Policy and Privacy Policy, and procedures are designed to align 
with industry best practices and comply with regulatory requirements. We align our payment processing policies and procedures with 
industry security standards, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard. Throughout the year, we conduct targeted 
audits  and  assessments,  using  internal  and  external  resources,  of  certain  aspects  of  our  information  security  systems.  We  have 
developed  and  implemented  a  comprehensive  program  designed  to  protect  the  confidentiality  of  sensitive  information,  ensure  the 
integrity of critical data and automated processes, and safeguard the availability of our information technology capabilities.

Moreover, we have implemented appropriate policies, processes, and technology to reduce the likelihood or impact of a breach, either 
at US Foods or through any third-party service provider, and have appropriate cyber insurance coverage through a standalone cyber 
policy. Our comprehensive cybersecurity program leverages technology, third-party expertise and trained personnel to provide whole-
enterprise governance, collaboration for 24-hour monitoring, threat detection and incident response (whether an incident were to occur 
at US Foods or involving a third-party provider) and network, cloud and mobile security. We partner with security firms to manage 
our security incident and event management, identify external threats, perform penetration testing, complete security assessments and 
support incident response. These relationships are evaluated and benchmarked regularly to ensure quality resourcing to augment our 
internal  staff  and  provide  insight  into  emerging  risks  inside  and  outside  the  foodservice  industry.  Information  obtained  from  these 
processes is shared directly with our Internal Audit and Legal functions to ensure cybersecurity policies, processes, threat detection 
and  incident  response  are  accurately  captured  as  part  of  our  broader  enterprise  risk  management  systems  and  processes.  We  have 
developed  and  continually  evolve  our  privacy  and  security  policies  to  promote  organizational  accountability  for  privacy,  data 
governance, and data protection across our business and with our collaborative partners and suppliers. 

19

In addition, we have an employee awareness program to regularly educate our workforce on the cybersecurity risks they face and how 
they  can  operate  safely.  We  provide  all  associates  that  have  network  access  with  annual  data-security  training.  Our  training  and 
education  programs  include  specialized  training  for  associates  handling  confidential  information,  information  security  awareness 
training,  periodic  anti-phishing  campaigns,  one-click  email-enabled  phish  alert  reporting  functionality  and  advisory  emails  on 
emerging threats.

To date, we have not experienced any cybersecurity incidents that materially affected or were reasonably likely to materially affect our 
business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. 

Governance Framework

Under the oversight of the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, our cybersecurity function is managed by our Technology and 
Innovation team, led by our Senior Vice President, Chief Information Security Officer, Sara Schmidt, with support from the Internal 
Audit and Legal functions. Ms. Schmidt has served in the role since 2022.  Before joining US Foods, Ms. Schmidt served as Chief 
Information  Security  Officer  for  Farmers  Insurance,  a  national  insurance  company,  from  2019  to  2022,  and  various  other  positions 
from 2015 to 2019. Ms. Schmidt began her career as a cryptography analyst with the National Security Agency, learning best practices 
and  tactics  to  be  an  effective  hacker  and  defender.  After  eight  years  with  the  NSA,  she  transitioned  into  the  private  sector,  joining 
Perrigo Company from 2011 to 2015, before joining Farmers Insurance. 

Ms.  Schmidt  and  other  members  of  Company  management  provide  an  annual  cybersecurity  report  to  our  Board  of  Directors  and 
quarterly reports to our Audit Committee, which reports include a review of potential threats and vulnerabilities.

We  are  aware  that  we  must  continuously  evolve  our  controls  to  address  new  threats,  adhere  to  changing  laws  and  standards,  and 
reduce the risk associated with the introduction of new, innovative technology. While all of our employees play a part in information 
security, cybersecurity, and data privacy, oversight responsibility is shared by the Board, its committees, and management, as further 
highlighted below.

Responsible Party

Oversight Area for Cybersecurity and Privacy Matters

Board

Audit Committee

Disclosure Committee

Management

Participates in regular reviews and discussions dedicated to the Company’s risks related to the protection 
of  our  data  and  systems,  including  cybersecurity  and  privacy.  Receives  periodic  updates  from  external 
advisors regarding cybersecurity risk management and reporting.

Primarily responsible for overseeing the Company’s risk management program related to cybersecurity. 
The  Audit  Committee  provides  feedback  on  the  Company’s  framework  for  assessing,  prioritizing  and 
mitigating  cybersecurity  risk  and  receives  periodic  updates  based  on  this  framework,  including  from 
third-party  and  internal  audit  assessments.  Receives  periodic  updates  from  external  advisors  regarding 
cybersecurity risk management and reporting.

The  Disclosure  Committee,  which  consists  of  individuals  from  our  legal,  accounting,  finance  and 
investor  relations  groups,  provides  general  oversight  in  the  area  of  cybersecurity  and  privacy,  and  is 
responsible  for  making  disclosure  determinations  regarding  cybersecurity  incidents.  The  Disclosure 
Committee also receives periodic updates from the Chief Information Security Officer regarding threat 
detection and incident response.
Responsible  for  designing,  implementing  and  managing  the  Company’s  framework  for  assessing, 
prioritizing  and  mitigating  cybersecurity  risk.  Manages  the  Company’s  privacy  program.  Responds  to 
incidents  and  issues  in  a  timely  manner,  and  elevates  emergent  risks  or  incidents  to  the  Disclosure 
Committee. Provides periodic updates to the Board, the Audit Committee and the Disclosure Committee, 
as applicable.

20

Item 2.     Properties

As of the date of this report, we operated (i) 74 distribution facilities (consisting of more than 20,000,000 square feet), 57 of which are 
owned, (ii) 90 cash and carry locations (consisting of more than 2,000,000 square feet), all of which are leased, and (iii) 13 broadline 
support  business  production  facilities  (consisting  of  more  than  1,000,000  square  feet),  9  of  which  are  owned.  The  leases  related  to 
these facilities expire at various dates from 2024 to 2040, although some provide options for us to renew. The table below lists the 
aggregate square footage, by state for these operating facilities.

Location
Alabama
Alaska
Arizona
Arkansas
California
Colorado
Connecticut
Florida
Georgia
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Kansas
Louisiana
Michigan
Minnesota
Mississippi
Missouri
Montana
Nebraska
Nevada
New Hampshire
New Jersey
New Mexico
New York
North Carolina
North Dakota
Ohio
Oklahoma
Oregon
Pennsylvania
South Carolina
Tennessee
Texas
Utah
Virginia
Washington
West Virginia
Wisconsin
Total

Number of
Facilities

Square Feet

2 
1 
4 
1 
28 
2 
1 
5 
2 
6 
3 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
2 
1 
3 
4 
2 
5 
1 
3 
1 
4 
4 
2 
3 
2 
22 
4 
7 
2 
5 
3 
4 
31 
1 
1 
177 

458,304 
131,285 
493,116 
135,009 
2,722,565 
501,427 
239,899 
1,173,162 
691,017 
121,644 
528,295 
233,784 
114,250 
350,859 
207,200 
276,003 
414,963 
287,356 
602,947 
259,198 
246,430 
895,956 
533,237 
1,073,375 
133,486 
533,408 
1,024,923 
221,314 
501,894 
345,559 
775,146 
980,417 
1,423,859 
602,270 
1,011,380 
308,833 
878,257 
1,580,339 
220,537 
172,826 

23,405,729 

16,411,888 

6,993,841 

 70 %

 30 %

Owned
Leased

In addition, we lease our corporate headquarters in Rosemont, Illinois (consisting of more than 250,000 square feet). We believe that, 
in the aggregate, our real estate is suitable and adequate to serve the needs of our business.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be party to legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business. We do not believe that any 
of  our  pending  legal  proceedings,  individually  or  in  the  aggregate,  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial 
condition or results of operations. 

Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

22

PART II

Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock and Stockholders

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “USFD”.  There were 20,364 holders of 
record  of  our  common  stock  as  of  February  9,  2024.  This  figure  does  not  include  a  substantially  greater  number  of  “street  name” 
holders whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

Dividends

We have not paid any dividends on our common stock since our common stock began trading publicly in 2016.

We  have  no  plans  to  pay  dividends  on  our  common  stock  in  the  foreseeable  future.  The  declaration,  amount,  and  payment  of  any 
future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors. In making any such decision, our 
Board  of  Directors  may  take  into  account,  among  other  things,  our  results  of  operations,  capital  requirements,  financial  condition, 
contractual restrictions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. 

During the 52 weeks ended December 30, 2023, the Company’s Board of Directors declared dividends on the shares of the Series A 
Preferred Stock outstanding on March 31, 2023.  The Company paid cash dividends in the aggregate of $7 million on the shares of the 
Series A Preferred Stock. See Note 14, Convertible Preferred Stock, in our consolidated financial statements for further information. 

Share Repurchase Program 

On November 2, 2022, our Board of Directors approved, and we publicly announced, a Share Repurchase Program under which the 
Company  is  authorized  to  repurchase  up  to  $500  million  of  its  outstanding  common  stock.  At  December  30,  2023,  there  was 
approximately $192 million in remaining funds authorized under this program. For the year ended December 30, 2023, the Company 
repurchased 7,396,224 shares at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $294 million under the program. 

The  size  and  timing  of  any  repurchases  will  depend  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  share  price,  general  business  and  market 
conditions  and  other  factors.  Under  the  Share  Repurchase  Program,  repurchases  can  be  made  from  time  to  time  using  a  variety  of 
methods, including open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions, accelerated share repurchases and Rule 10b5-1 trading 
plans. The Share Repurchase Program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of shares, and the repurchase 
program may be suspended or discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion. The repurchase authorization does not have an 
expiration date.

The following table summarizes repurchases of US Foods common stock in the three months ended December 30, 2023: 

Period (Millions of dollars, except number 
and price per share)

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average 
Price 
Paid per 
Share

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Program

Approximate Dollar Value 
of Shares that May Yet Be 
Purchased Under the 
Program

October 1, 2023 through November 4, 2023

534,846  $ 

37.41 

November 5, 2023 through December 2, 2023

December 3, 2023 through December 30, 2023

698,397 

338,830 

42.96 

44.27 

534,846  $ 

698,397 

338,830  $ 

Total

  1,572,073  $ 

41.35 

1,572,073 

237 

207

192 

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 

The following stock performance graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of the Company’s common stock with the 
cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 Food and Staples Retailing Index for the last five fiscal years. The 
graph assumes the investment of $100 in our common stock and each of such indices on December 30, 2018 (the beginning of our 
fiscal year) and the reinvestment of dividends, as applicable. Performance data for the Company, the S&P 500 Index and the S&P 500 
Food and Staples Retailing Index is provided as of the last trading day of each of our last five fiscal years. 

US Foods Holding Corp.
S&P 500
S&P Food and Staples Retailing Index

$ 

100  $ 
100   
100   

132  $ 
131   
107   

105  $ 
156   
120   

110  $ 
200   
127   

108  $ 
164   
122   

144 
207 
138 

12/29/18

12/28/19

01/02/21

01/01/22

12/31/22

12/30/23

Item 6.     [Reserved]

24

Index ValueStock Performance$144$207$138US Foods Holding Corp.S&P 500S&P Food and Staples Retailing 12/29/1812/28/1901/02/2101/01/2212/31/2212/30/23$100$110$120$130$140$150$160$170$180$190$200$210$220$230$240$250 
 
Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis is intended to help the reader understand the Company, our financial condition and results of 
operations  and  our  present  business  environment.  It  should  be  read  together  with  our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related 
notes contained elsewhere in this Annual Report. The following discussion and analysis contain certain financial measures that are not 
required by, or presented in accordance with, accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). We believe these non-
GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information about our operating performance and liquidity. Information 
regarding reconciliations of and the rationale for these measures is discussed in “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.

The following includes a comparison of our consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2023 and 2022. For a comparison of our 
consolidated results of operations for fiscal years 2022 and 2021, see Item 7 of Part II, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, 
filed with the SEC on February 16, 2023.

Overview

We  strive  to  inspire  and  empower  chefs  and  foodservice  operators  to  bring  great  food  experiences  to  consumers.    This  mission  is 
supported by our strategy of GREAT FOOD. MADE EASY.™, which is centered on providing customers with the innovative products, 
business support and technology solutions they need to operate their businesses profitably. Net sales increased 4.5%, driven by case 
volume growth. Total case volumes increased 4.4% compared to the prior year driven by a 6.9% increase in independent restaurant 
case  volume,  a  7.2%  increase  in  healthcare  volume  and  a  8.9%  increase  in  hospitality  volume,  offset  by  a  2.1%  decrease  in  chain 
volume. Total organic case volume increased 3.9% which includes 6.4% organic independent restaurant case volume growth.  

Operating Metrics 

Case growth—Case growth, by customer type (e.g., independent restaurants) is reported as of a point in time. Customers periodically 
are reclassified, based on changes in size or other characteristics, and when those changes occur, the respective customer’s historical 
volume is included within the new classification. Independent restaurant case volumes exclude the impacts of CHEF’STORE, which is 
recorded as other case volume.

Organic growth—Organic growth includes growth from operating businesses that have been reflected in our results of operations for 
at least 12 months.

Fiscal Year 2023 Highlights

Financial Highlights—Total case volume increased 4.4% and independent restaurant case volume increased 6.9% in fiscal year 2023. 
Total  organic  case  volume  increased  3.9%  in  fiscal  year  2023.    Net  sales  increased  $1,540  million,  or  4.5%,  in  fiscal  year  2023 
primarily due to case volume growth.

Gross profit increased $656 million, or 11.9%, to $6,148 million in fiscal year 2023, primarily as a result of an increase in total case 
volume,  cost  of  goods  sold  optimization,  increased  freight  income  from  improved  inbound  logistics  and  optimized  pricing.  As  a 
percentage of net sales, gross profit was 17.3% in fiscal year 2023, compared to 16.1% in fiscal year 2022. 

Total operating expenses increased $233 million, or 4.8%, to $5,131 million in fiscal year 2023. The increase was primarily due to 
increased total case volume and higher seller compensation costs, partially offset by lower distribution cost per case from cost savings 
initiatives including routing improvements and focused efforts positively impacting labor turnover and productivity as well as lower 
fuel costs. 

25

Results of Operations

The following table presents selected consolidated results of operations of our business for fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021:

Consolidated Statements of Operations:

Net sales

Cost of goods sold

Gross profit

Operating expenses:

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges

Total operating expenses

Operating income

Other income—net

Interest expense—net

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Income before income taxes
Income tax provision 

Net income 

Series A Preferred Stock dividends

Net income available to common shareholders

Net income per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share amounts:

Basic

Diluted

Percentage of Net Sales:

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Operating income

Net income
Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Other Data:

Cash flows—operating activities

Cash flows—investing activities

Cash flows—financing activities

Capital expenditures

EBITDA(1)
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
Adjusted Net Income (1)
Free Cash Flow(2)

2023

Fiscal Year
2022
(in millions)

2021

$ 

35,597 

$ 

34,057 

$ 

29,487 

29,449 

6,148 

5,117 

14 

5,131 

1,017 

(6) 

324 
21 
678 

172 

506 

(7) 

499 

2.09 

2.02 

239 

250 

 17.3 %

 14.4 %

 2.9 %

 1.4 %

 4.4 %

$ 

$ 

$ 

28,565 

5,492 

4,886 

12 

4,898 

594 

(22) 

255 
— 
361 

96 

265 

(37) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

228 

$ 

1.02 

1.01 

$ 

$ 

224 

226 

 16.1 %

 14.4 %

 1.7 %

 0.8 %

 3.8 %

$ 

1,140 

$ 

765 

$ 

(495) 

(587) 

309 

1,397 

1,559 

658 

831 

(255) 

(447) 

265 

988 

1,310 

538 

500 

24,832 

4,655 

4,220 

11 

4,231 

424 

(26) 

213 
23 
214 

50 

164 

(43) 

121 

0.55 

0.54 

222 

225 

 15.8 %

 14.3 %

 1.4 %

 0.6 %

 3.6 %

419 

(262) 

(837) 

274 

805 

1,057 

388 

145 

(1) 

EBITDA is defined as net income, plus interest expense—net, income tax provision, and depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined 
as EBITDA adjusted for (1) restructuring costs and asset impairment charges; (2) share-based compensation expense; (3) the impact of LIFO reserve 
adjustments; (4) loss on extinguishment of debt; (5) business transformation costs; and (6) other gains, losses, or costs as specified in the agreements 
governing our indebtedness. Adjusted EBITDA margin is Adjusted EBITDA divided by total net sales. Adjusted Net Income is defined as net income 
excluding the items used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA listed above and further adjusted for the tax effect of the exclusions and discrete tax items. 
EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income as presented in this Annual Report are supplemental measures of our performance that are not 
required by, or presented in accordance with GAAP. They are not measurements of our performance under GAAP and should not be considered as 
alternatives to net income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. For additional information, see the discussion under 
the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2) 

Free Cash Flow is defined as cash flows provided by operating activities less cash capital expenditures. Free Cash Flow as presented in this Annual 
Report is a supplemental measure of our liquidity that is not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. It is not a measure of our liquidity 
under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to cash flows provided by operating activities, or any other liquidity measures derived in 
accordance with GAAP. For additional information, see the discussion under the caption “Non-GAAP Reconciliations” below.

Non-GAAP Reconciliations

We  provide  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin,  Adjusted  Net  Income  and  Free  Cash  Flow  as  supplemental 
measures  to  GAAP  financial  measures  regarding  our  operating  performance  and  liquidity.  These  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  as 
defined above, exclude the impact of certain items and, therefore, have not been calculated in accordance with GAAP. 

We  believe  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  provide  meaningful  supplemental  information  about  our 
operating performance because they exclude amounts that we do not consider part of our core operating results when assessing our 
performance.

We  believe  that  Adjusted  Net  Income  is  a  useful  measure  of  operating  performance  for  both  management  and  investors  because  it 
excludes items that are not reflective of our core operating performance and provides an additional view of our operating performance 
including depreciation, interest expense and income taxes on a consistent basis from period to period. We believe that Adjusted Net 
Income  may  be  used  by  investors,  analysts  and  other  interested  parties  to  facilitate  period-over-period  comparisons  and  provides 
additional clarity as to how factors and trends impact our operating performance.

Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures (1) to evaluate our historical and prospective financial performance as well as 
our performance relative to our competitors as they assist in highlighting trends, (2) to set internal sales targets and spending budgets, 
(3) to measure operational profitability and the accuracy of forecasting, (4) to assess financial discipline over operational expenditures, 
and (5) as an important factor in determining variable compensation for management and employees. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA 
are also used in connection with certain covenants and activity restrictions under the agreements governing our indebtedness. We also 
believe  these  and  similar  non-GAAP  financial  measures  are  frequently  used  by  securities  analysts,  investors,  and  other  interested 
parties to evaluate companies in our industry. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and Adjusted Net Income are 
not  measurements  of  our  performance  under  GAAP  and  should  not  be  considered  as  alternatives  to  net  income  or  any  other 
performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP.

We use Free Cash Flow as a supplemental measure to GAAP financial measures regarding the liquidity of our operations. We measure 
Free  Cash  Flow  as  cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  less  cash  capital  expenditures.  We  believe  that  Free  Cash  Flow  is  a 
useful financial metric to assess our ability to pursue business opportunities and investments. Free Cash Flow is not a measure of our 
liquidity  under  GAAP  and  should  not  be  considered  as  an  alternative  to  cash  flows  provided  by  operating  activities  or  any  other 
liquidity measures derived in accordance with GAAP.

We  caution  readers  that  amounts  presented  in  accordance  with  our  definitions  of  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA 
margin,  Adjusted  Net  Income,  and  Free  Cash  Flow  may  not  be  the  same  as  similar  measures  used  by  other  companies.  Not  all 
companies  and  analysts  calculate  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  Adjusted  Net  Income  or  Free  Cash  Flow  in  the  same  manner.  We 
compensate for these limitations by using these non-GAAP financial measures as supplements to GAAP financial measures and by 
presenting the reconciliations of the non-GAAP financial measures to their most comparable GAAP financial measures.

27

The  following  table  reconciles  EBITDA,  Adjusted  EBITDA,  Adjusted  Net  Income  and  Free  Cash  Flow  to  the  most  directly 
comparable GAAP financial performance and liquidity measures for the periods indicated:

Net income available to common shareholders
Series A Preferred Stock dividends (see Note 14)
Net income
Interest expense—net
Income tax provision
Depreciation expense
Amortization expense
EBITDA
Adjustments:

Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges(1)
Share-based compensation expense(2)
LIFO reserve adjustment(3)
Loss on extinguishment of debt(4)
Business transformation costs(5)
COVID-19 bad debt benefit(6)
COVID-19 other related expenses(7)
Business acquisition and integration related costs and other(8)

Adjusted EBITDA

Depreciation expense
Interest expense—net
Income tax provision, as adjusted(9)

Adjusted Net Income
Cash flow

Cash flows from operating activities
Capital expenditures
Free Cash Flow

2023

Fiscal Year
2022
(in millions)

2021

499  $ 
(7) 
506 
324 
172 
349 
46 
1,397 

14 
56 
(1) 
21 
28 
— 
— 
44 
1,559 
(349) 
(324) 
(228) 
658  $ 

1,140  $ 
(309) 
831  $ 

228  $ 
(37) 
265 
255 
96 
327 
45 
988 

12 
45 
147 
— 
52 
— 
— 
66 
1,310 
(327) 
(255) 
(190) 
538  $ 

765  $ 
(265) 
500  $ 

121 
(43) 
164 
213 
50 
323 
55 
805 

11 
48 
165 
23 
22 
(15) 
3 
(5) 
1,057 
(323) 
(213) 
(133) 
388 

419 
(274) 
145 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Share-based compensation expense for expected vesting of stock awards and employee stock purchase plan.

(1)  Consists primarily of non-CEO severance and related costs associated with organizational realignment and other impairment charges.
(2) 
(3)  Represents the impact of LIFO reserve adjustments.
(4) 

Includes  early  redemption  premium  and  the  write-off  of  certain  pre-existing  debt  issuance  costs.  See  Note  11,  Debt,  in  our  consolidated  financial 
statements for additional information.
Transformational  costs  represent  non-recurring  expenses  prior  to  formal  launch  of  strategic  projects  with  anticipated  long-term  benefits  to  the 
Company.  These  costs  generally  relate  to  third  party  consulting  and  non-capitalizable  construction  or  technology.  For  fiscal  year  2023,  business 
transformation costs related to projects associated with information technology infrastructure initiatives. For fiscal year 2022, business transformation 
costs consist of new facility openings, supply chain strategy improvements, and information technology infrastructure initiatives.
Includes the changes in the reserve for doubtful accounts expense reflecting the collection risk associated with our customer base as a result of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.      

(5) 

(6) 

(7)      Includes COVID-19 related costs that we are permitted to add back under certain agreements governing our indebtedness.
(8) 

Includes: (i) aggregate acquisition and integration related costs of $41 million for fiscal year 2023 and $22 million for both fiscal years 2022 and 2021 
(ii) contested proxy and related legal and consulting costs of $21 million for fiscal year 2022; (iii) CEO severance of $5 million for fiscal year 2022; 
(iv) favorable legal settlement recoveries of $29 million for fiscal year 2021; and (v) other gains, losses or costs that we are permitted to add back for 
purposes of calculating Adjusted EBITDA under certain agreements governing our indebtedness.

(9)  Represents our income tax provision adjusted for the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted Net Income and the removal of applicable 
discrete tax items. Applicable discrete tax items include changes in tax laws or rates, changes related to prior year unrecognized tax benefits, discrete 
changes  in  valuation  allowances,  and  excess  tax  benefits  associated  with  share-based  compensation.  The  tax  effect  of  pre-tax  items  excluded  from 
Adjusted Net Income is computed using a statutory tax rate after taking into account the impact of permanent differences and valuation allowances. 

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation between the GAAP income tax provision (benefit) and the income tax provision, as adjusted, is as follows:

GAAP income tax provision
Tax impact of pre-tax income adjustments
Discrete tax items
Income tax provision, as adjusted

Comparison of Results 

Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 

Highlights

2023

Fiscal Year
2022
(in millions)

2021

$ 

$ 

172  $ 
48 
8 
228  $ 

96  $ 
89 
5 
190  $ 

50 
74 
9 
133 

•

•

•

•

•

•

Net income was $506 million in fiscal year 2023, compared to net income of $265 million in fiscal year 2022.

Adjusted EBITDA increased $249 million, or 19.0%, to $1,559 million in fiscal year 2023. As a percentage of net sales, 
Adjusted EBITDA was 4.4% in fiscal year 2023, as compared to 3.8% in fiscal year 2022.

Net sales increased $1,540 million, or 4.5% to $35,597 million in fiscal year 2023.

Total case volume increased 4.4% and independent restaurant case volume increased 6.9% in fiscal year 2023. 

Total organic case volume increased 3.9% and organic independent restaurant case volume increased 6.4%.

Operating income was $1,017 million in fiscal year 2023, compared to operating income of $594 million in fiscal year 
2022. As a percentage of net sales, operating income was 2.9% in fiscal year 2023, as compared to 1.7% in fiscal year 
2022.

Net Sales

Total  case  volume  increased  4.4%  driven  by  a  6.9%  increase  in  independent  restaurant  case  volume,  a  7.2%  increase  in  healthcare 
volume and a 8.9% increase in hospitality volume, offset by a 2.1% decrease in national chain volume.  Total organic case volume 
increased 3.9% and organic independent restaurant case volume increased 6.4%. 

Net sales increased $1,540 million, or 4.5%, to $35,597 million in fiscal year 2023, comprised of a $1,330 million, or 4.4%, increase 
in total case volume. Sales of private brands represented approximately 34% of net sales in both 2023 and 2022. 

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $656 million, or 11.9%, to $6,148 million in fiscal year 2023, primarily as a result of an increase in total case 
volume, cost of goods sold optimization, increased freight income from improved inbound logistics and optimized pricing.  Our LIFO 
method of inventory costing resulted in a gain of $1 million in fiscal year 2023, compared to an expense of $147 million in fiscal year 
2022.  Gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 17.3% in fiscal year 2023, compared to 16.1% in fiscal year 2022, primarily driven 
by increased case volume and a decrease in LIFO expense in fiscal year 2023 as compared to fiscal year 2022. 

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses, comprised of distribution, selling and administrative costs and restructuring costs and asset impairment charges, 
increased $233 million, or 4.8%, to $5,131 million in fiscal year 2023. Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales were 14.4% in 
fiscal year 2023, compared to 14.4% in fiscal year 2022. The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to increased total case 
volume and higher seller compensation costs, partially offset by lower distribution cost per case from cost savings initiatives including 
routing improvements and focused efforts positively impacting labor turnover and productivity as well as lower fuel costs. 

Operating Income

Our  operating  income  was  $1,017  million  in  fiscal  year  2023,  compared  to  operating  income  of  $594  million  in  fiscal  year  2022. 
Operating income as a percentage of net sales was 2.9% in fiscal year 2023, compared to 1.7% in fiscal year 2022. The increase in 
operating income was due to the factors discussed in the relevant sections above. 

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Income—Net

Other  income—net  includes  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  costs  (credits),  exclusive  of  the  service  cost  component  associated 
with  our  defined  benefit  and  other  postretirement  plans.  We  recognized  other  income—net  of  $6  million  and  $22  million  in  fiscal 
years 2023 and 2022, respectively. The decrease in other income—net in 2023 is primarily due to a decrease in the expected return on 
assets and the value of pension assets compared to fiscal year 2022. 

Interest Expense—Net 

Interest expense—net increased $69 million in fiscal year 2023, primarily due to an increase in interest rates, partially offset by lower 
outstanding debt in fiscal year 2023 compared to fiscal year 2022. 

    Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

We  recognized  a  loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt  of  $21  million  in  fiscal  year  2023  due  to  the  early  redemption  of  the  Company’s 
6.25% senior secured notes due April 15, 2025 (the “Secured Senior Notes due 2025”).  There was no gain or loss on extinguishment 
of debt in fiscal year 2022.   

Income Taxes

Our effective income tax rate for fiscal year 2023 of 25% varied from the 21% federal corporate income tax rate, primarily as a result 
of state income taxes and the recognition of various discrete tax items. These discrete tax items included an aggregate tax benefit of 
$11  million  consisting  of  a  tax  benefit  of  $5  million  related  to  excess  tax  benefits  associated  with  share-based  compensation,  a  tax 
benefit  of  $3  million  related  to  a  decrease  in  an  unrecognized  tax  benefit,  and  a  tax  benefit  of  $3  million,  primarily  related  to 
adjustments to prior year tax provision estimates.

Our effective income tax rate for fiscal year 2022 of 27% varied from the 21% federal corporate income tax rate, primarily as a result 
of state income taxes and the recognition of various discrete tax items. These discrete tax items included an aggregate tax benefit of $5 
million consisting primarily of a tax benefit of $1 million related to a decrease in an unrecognized tax benefit and a tax benefit of $4 
million, related to excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation. 

Net Income

Our net income was $506 million in fiscal year 2023, compared to $265 million in fiscal year 2022. The increase in net income was 
due to the relevant factors discussed above.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our  ongoing  operations  and  strategic  objectives  require  working  capital  and  continuing  capital  investment.  Our  primary  sources  of 
liquidity include cash provided by operations, as well as access to capital from bank borrowings and other types of debt and financing 
arrangements. As of December 30, 2023, the Company had approximately $2.0 billion in cash and available liquidity.

Indebtedness

The aggregate carrying value of our indebtedness was $4,674 million, net of $34 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of 
December 30, 2023. 

We had no outstanding borrowings and had issued letters of credit totaling $567 million under the ABL Facility as of December 30, 
2023. There was remaining capacity of $1,733 million under the ABL Facility based on our borrowing base as of December 30, 2023.

The  Company’s  6.875%  Senior  Notes  due  2028  (  the  “Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2028”)  had  an  outstanding  balance  of  $495 
million, net of $5 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 30, 2023. 

The Company’s 4.75% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029”), had an outstanding balance of $894 million, 
net of $6 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 30, 2023.

The Company’s 4.630% Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030”) had an outstanding balance of $496 million, 
net of $4 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 30, 2023.

The  Company’s  7.250%  Senior  Notes  due  2032  (  the  “Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2032”)  had  an  outstanding  balance  of  $495 
million, net of $5 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 30, 2023. 

The incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in September 2019 (the “2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility”) had a carrying 
value of $1,105 million, net of $11 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 30, 2023. 

The incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in November 2021 (the “2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility”) had a carrying 
value of $718 million, net of $3 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, as of December 30, 2023.  

30

The  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  27,  2016  (as  amended,  the  “Term  Loan  Credit 
Agreement”) provides USF with the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility.  

We also had $463 million of obligations under financing leases for transportation equipment and building leases as of December 30, 
2023.

The ABL Facility will mature in 2027. The 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility will 
mature  in  2026  and  2028,  respectively.  As  economic  conditions  permit,  we  will  consider  opportunities  to  repurchase,  refinance  or 
otherwise reduce our debt obligations on favorable terms. Any potential debt reduction or refinancing could require significant use of 
our available liquidity and capital resources. 

We believe that the combination of cash generated from operations, together with borrowing capacity under the agreements governing 
our indebtedness and other financing arrangements, will be adequate to permit us to meet our debt service obligations, ongoing costs 
of operations, working capital needs, and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months as well as beyond 12 months.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain customary covenants. These include, among other things, covenants that restrict 
our  ability  to  incur  certain  additional  indebtedness,  create  or  permit  liens  on  our  assets,  pay  dividends,  or  engage  in  mergers  or 
consolidations.  For  additional  information,  see  Item  1A  of  Part  I,  “Risk  Factors-Risks  Relating  to  Our  Indebtedness.”  USF  had 
approximately $2.0 billion of restricted payment capacity under these covenants and approximately $2.8 billion of its net assets were 
restricted after taking into consideration the net deferred tax assets and intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation as of 
December 30, 2023. 

Every quarter, we review rating agency changes for all of the lenders that have a continuing obligation to provide us with funding. We 
are not aware of any facts that indicate our lenders will not be able to comply with the contractual terms of their agreements with us. 
We continue to monitor the credit markets generally and the strength of our lender counterparties.

From time to time, we may repurchase or otherwise retire our debt and take other steps to reduce our debt or otherwise improve our 
leverage. These actions may include open market repurchases, negotiated repurchases, and other retirements of outstanding debt. The 
amount of debt that may be repurchased or otherwise retired, if any, will depend on market conditions, our debt trading levels, our 
cash position, and other considerations. Any potential debt reduction or other debt retirement could require significant use of our other 
available liquidity and capital resources.

See Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements for a further description of our indebtedness.

Cash Flows 

The following table presents condensed highlights from our Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal years 2023 and 2022:

Net income
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Other adjustments
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used by financing activities
Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year

Operating Activities

Fiscal Year

2023

2022

(in millions)
506  $ 
117 
517 
1,140 
(495) 
(587) 
58 
211 
269  $ 

265 
43 
457 
765 
(255) 
(447) 
63 
148 
211 

$ 

$ 

Cash flows provided by operating activities increased $375 million to $1,140 million in fiscal year 2023 driven by higher net income 
and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal year 2022 benefited from a reduction 
in working capital needs.

Investing Activities

Cash flows used in investing activities in fiscal years 2023 and 2022 included cash expenditures of $309 million and $265 million, 
respectively,  and  related  to  investments  in  information  technology,  new  construction  and  expansion  of  distribution  facilities  and 
property and equipment for fleet replacement.  Cash flows used in investing activities in fiscal year 2023 also included $140 million 
cash purchase price for the acquisition of Renzi Food Service and $56 million cash purchase price for the acquisition of Saladino’s.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We expect total cash capital expenditures in fiscal year 2024 to be between $325 million and $375 million. We expect to fund our 
capital expenditures with available cash or cash generated from operations and through fleet financing.

Financing Activities

Cash  flows  used  in  financing  activities  in  fiscal  year  2023  included  $125  million  of  scheduled  payments  under  our  Term  Loan 
Facilities and financing leases, $1 billion for refinancing of the Secured Senior Notes due 2025, $10 million of financing fees related 
to  the  refinancing,  $65  million  of  voluntary  prepayments  of  our  2021  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility,  $120  million  of  voluntary 
prepayments  of  our  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility,  $3  million  associated  with  interest  rate  cap  purchases  and  $7  million  of 
dividends  on  our  Series  A  Preferred  Stock.    Financing  activities  in  fiscal  year  2023  also  included  $294  million  of  common  stock 
repurchased under the Share Repurchase Program,  $24 million of proceeds received from stock purchases under our employee stock 
purchase plan and $26 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, which were offset by $12 million of employee 
tax withholdings paid in connection with the vesting of stock awards.

We incurred approximately $26 million of lender fees and third-party costs in connection with our issuance of the Unsecured Senior 
Notes due 2028 and the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032, consisting of a $16 million prepayment premium related to the Secured 
Senior  Notes  due  2025  and  $10  million  of  costs  associated  with  the  issuance  of  the  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2028  and  the 
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032, which were capitalized as deferred financing costs.  We incurred approximately $1 million total of 
lender fees and third-party costs in connection with the repricing of the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility, which were capitalized 
as deferred financing costs. 

Cash flows used in financing activities in fiscal year 2022 included $108 million of schedule payments under our Term Loan Facilities 
and financing leases, $100 million of voluntary prepayments of our 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility, $200 million of voluntary 
prepayments of our 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility, $37 million of dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock and $14 million 
of share repurchases.  We incurred approximately $4 million of lender fees and third-party costs in connection with the ABL Facility 
refinancing transaction. Financing activities in fiscal year 2022 also included $22 million of proceeds received from stock purchases 
under our employee stock purchase plan and $15 million of proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options, which were offset 
by $16 million of employee tax withholdings paid in connection with the vesting of stock awards.

Other Obligations and Commitments

The Company’s cash requirements within the next twelve months include the current portion of long-term debt, accounts payable and 
accrued  liabilities,  other  current  liabilities,  and  purchase  commitments  and  other  obligations.  We  expect  the  cash  required  to  meet 
these  obligations  to  be  primarily  generated  through  a  combination  of  cash  from  operations  and  access  to  capital  from  financial 
markets. Our long-term cash requirements under our various contractual obligations and commitments include:

•

•

•

•

•

Debt, including financing lease obligations – See Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of 
our debt and the timing of expected future principal payments.

Operating and finance lease obligations – See Note 17, Leases, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of 
our obligations and the timing of expected future payments.

Pension plans and other postretirement benefit contributions – We sponsor a defined benefit plan that pays benefits to eligible 
employees  at  retirement.  In  addition,  we  provide  certain  postretirement  health  and  welfare  benefits  to  eligible  retirees  and 
their dependents. See Note 18, Retirement Plans, in our consolidated financial statements for further detail of our obligations 
and the timing of expected future payments.

Self-insured liabilities – We are self-insured for general liability, fleet liability and workers’ compensation claims. Claims in 
excess of certain levels are insured by external parties. See Note 12, Accrued Expenses and Other Long-Term Liabilities, in 
our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  detail  of  our  obligations  and  the  expected  timing  of  expected  future 
payments.

Purchase and Other Obligations – The Company enters into purchase orders with vendors and other parties in the ordinary 
course of business and has a limited number of purchase contracts with certain vendors that require it to buy a predetermined 
volume  of  products.  Purchase  obligations  also  include  amounts  committed  with  various  third-party  service  providers  to 
provide information technology services for periods up to fiscal 2028. See Note 22, Commitments and Contingencies, in our 
consolidated financial statements for further detail of our obligations and the expected timing of expected future payments.

We  believe  the  following  sources  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  anticipated  cash  requirements  for  at  least  the  next  twelve  months, 
while maintaining sufficient liquidity for normal operating purposes:

•
•

Our cash flow from operations;
The availability of additional capital under our existing ABL Facility; and 

32

•

Our availability to access capital from financial markets.

Retirement Plans

We sponsor a defined benefit plan that pays benefits to eligible participants at retirement. Only certain union associates are eligible to 
participate and continue to accrue benefits under the plan per the collective bargaining agreements. The plan is closed and frozen to all 
other employees. In addition, we provide certain postretirement health and welfare benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents. In 
the quarter ending July 1, 2023, the Company issued a notice of intent to terminate the majority of the US Foods Consolidated Defined 
Benefit  Retirement  Plan.  See  Note  18,  Retirement  Plans,  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  further  detail  on  the  plan 
termination.  We did not make significant contributions to the Company-sponsored defined benefit and other postretirement plans in 
fiscal years 2023 and 2022.  In connection with the plan termination, we expect to make a contribution in 2024. 

Certain employees are eligible to participate in our 401(k) savings plan. We made employer matching contributions to the 401(k) plan 
of $65 million and $57 million in fiscal years 2023 and 2022, respectively.

We also are required to contribute to various multiemployer pension plans under the terms of certain of our CBAs. Our contributions 
to these plans were $55 million and $47 million in fiscal years 2023 and 2022, respectively. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  had  entered  into  $567  million  of  letters  of  credit,  primarily  in  favor  of  certain  commercial  insurers  to  secure  obligations  with 
respect to our insurance programs and certain real estate leases, under the ABL Facility as of December 30, 2023.

Except as disclosed above, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements that currently have or are reasonably likely to have a material 
effect on our consolidated financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or 
capital resources.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Except  as  otherwise  set  forth  herein,  we  have  prepared  the  financial  information  in  this  Annual  Report  in  accordance  with  GAAP. 
Preparing these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of 
assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  as  of  the  date  of  the  financial  statements,  and  the  reported 
amounts of revenues and expenses during these reporting periods. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and 
other factors we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. These assumptions form the basis for making judgments about the 
carrying  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other  sources.  Our  most  critical  accounting  policies  and 
estimates pertain to the valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets, vendor consideration and income taxes. 

Valuation of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  include  the  cost  of  the  acquired  business  in  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible  net  assets 
recorded  in  connection  with  each  acquisition.  Other  intangible  assets  include  customer  relationships,  amortizable  trade  names, 
noncompete agreements, the brand names comprising our portfolio of private brands, and trademarks. We assess goodwill and other 
intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment each year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate an 
asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, our policy is to assess for impairment as of the beginning of 
each fiscal third quarter. For other intangible assets with definite lives, we assess for impairment only if events occur that indicate that 
the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. 

For  goodwill,  the  reporting  unit  used  in  assessing  impairment  is  the  Company’s  one  business  segment  as  described  in  Note  24, 
Business  Information,  in  our  consolidated  financial  statements.  Our  fiscal  year  2023  assessment  for  impairment  of  goodwill  was 
performed using a qualitative approach to determine, as of the date of the assessment, whether it was more likely than not that the fair 
value  of  goodwill  was  less  than  its  carrying  value.  In  performing  the  qualitative  assessment,  we  identified  and  considered  the 
significance  of  relevant  key  factors,  events,  and  circumstances  that  affect  the  fair  value  of  goodwill.  These  factors  include  external 
factors such as macroeconomic, industry, and market conditions, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial 
performance. Based on our qualitative fiscal year 2023 annual impairment analysis for goodwill, we concluded that it is more likely 
than not that the fair value of goodwill exceeded its carrying value.

Our fair value estimates of the brand name and trademark indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on a relief from royalty method, 
including key assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue, and a discount rate. 
The fair value of each intangible asset is determined for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value of the 
asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. 

Based on our fiscal year 2023 annual impairment analysis for indefinite-lived intangible assets, we concluded that the fair value of our 
trademark indefinite-lived intangible asset and brand name indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeded their respective carrying values 

33

by substantial margins. These margins would not be materially impacted by a 5% increase in the discount rate. The recoverability of 
our indefinite-lived intangible assets could be impacted if estimated future cash flows are not achieved.

During fiscal year 2021, the Company implemented rebranding initiatives related to the integration of a trade name acquired as part of 
an earlier acquisition. As a result of the rebranding initiatives, the Company recognized an impairment charge of $7 million, which 
was  included  in  restructuring  costs  and  asset  impairment  charges  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive 
Income. 

Due to the many variables inherent in estimating fair value and the relative size of the indefinite-lived intangible assets, differences in 
assumptions could have a material effect on the results of the Company’s impairment analysis in future periods. 

Vendor Consideration

We  participate  in  various  rebate  and  promotional  incentives  with  our  suppliers,  primarily  through  purchase-based  programs.  The 
amount and timing of recognition of consideration under these incentives requires management judgment and estimates. Consideration 
under these incentives is estimated during the year based on historical and forecasted purchasing activity, as our obligations under the 
programs are fulfilled primarily when products are purchased. Consideration is typically received in the form of invoice deductions, or 
less often in the form of cash payments. Changes in the estimated amount of incentives earned are treated as changes in estimates and 
are recognized in the period of change. Historically, adjustments to our estimates for vendor consideration or related allowances have 
not been significant, and we do not expect adjustments to our estimates for vendor consideration or related allowances to be significant 
in the next 12 months.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities 
for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  Under  this 
method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the consolidated financial statements and 
tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The 
effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment 
date. We record net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets will more likely than not be realized.

An uncertain tax position is recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including 
resolutions  of  any  related  appeals  or  litigation  processes,  based  on  the  technical  merits.  Uncertain  tax  positions  are  recorded  at  the 
largest  amount  that  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained.  We  adjust  the  amounts  recorded  for  uncertain  tax  positions  when  our 
judgment  changes  as  a  result  of  the  evaluation  of  new  information  not  previously  available.  These  differences  are  reflected  as 
increases  or  decreases  to  income  tax  expense  in  the  period  in  which  they  are  determined.  The  Company  estimates  it  is  reasonably 
possible  that  the  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  will  decrease  by  up  to  $15  million  in  the  next  12  months  as  a  result  of  the 
completion  of  various  tax  audits  currently  in  process  and  the  expiration  of  the  statute  of  limitations  in  several  jurisdictions.  Our 
uncertain  tax  positions  contain  uncertainties  because  management  is  required  to  make  assumptions  and  to  apply  judgment  in 
estimating the exposures associated with our various filing positions. We believe that the judgments and estimates discussed herein are 
reasonable; however, actual results could differ, and we may be exposed to losses or gains that could be material. To the extent we 
prevail  in  matters  for  which  an  uncertain  tax  position  has  been  established,  or  pay  amounts  in  excess  of  recorded  positions,  our 
effective income tax rate could be materially affected. An unfavorable tax settlement would generally require use of our cash and may 
result in an increase in our effective tax rate in the period of resolution. A favorable tax settlement may be recognized as a reduction in 
our effective income tax rate in the period of resolution.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 3, Recent Accounting Pronouncements, in our consolidated financial 
statements.

Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to certain risks arising from both our business operations and overall economic conditions. Our market risks include 
interest rate risk and fuel price risk. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

Our debt exposes us to risk of fluctuations in interest rates. Floating rate debt, where the interest rate fluctuates periodically, exposes 
us  to  short-term  changes  in  market  interest  rates.  Fixed  rate  debt,  where  the  interest  rate  is  fixed  over  the  life  of  the  instrument, 
exposes  us  to  changes  in  market  interest  rates  reflected  in  the  fair  value  of  the  debt  and  to  the  risk  that  we  may  need  to  refinance 
maturing debt with new debt at higher rates. We manage our debt portfolio to achieve an overall desired position of fixed and floating 
rates and may employ interest rate hedges as a tool to achieve that position. In April 2023, USF entered into two two-year rate cap 

34

agreements, which will each mature on April 30, 2025 with a total notional amount of $450 million.  The interest rate cap agreements 
will  effectively  cap  the  interest  rate  on  approximately  24%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  Term  Loan  Facilities.    The  Company’s 
maximum  exposure  to  the  variable  component  of  the  interest  rate  on  the  Term  Loan  Facilities  will  be  5%  on  the  notional  amount 
covered by the interest rate cap agreements. We may, in the future, enter into additional interest rate hedges, the risks of which include 
changes in the interest rates affecting the fair value of such instruments, potential increases in interest expense due to market increases 
in floating interest rates and the creditworthiness of the counterparties. 

Following the Intercontinental Exchange Benchmark Administration’s announcement that it will cease publication of the U.S. dollar 
LIBOR tenors as of June 30, 2023, we evaluated the impact of such announcement and the use of alternative reference rates on our 
existing contracts, including with respect to our term loan credit agreement.  On June 1, 2023, we entered into an amendment to our 
term loan credit agreement to replace the LIBOR-based interest rate option included in the term loan credit agreement with an interest 
rate option based upon the Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“Term SOFR”).  Term SOFR is a relatively new reference rate 
and has a very limited history. The future performance of Term SOFR cannot be predicted based on its limited historical performance.  
As a result, we are unable to predict the impact of using alternative reference rates and corresponding rate risk as of this time.

After  considering  interest  rate  caps  that  fixed  the  interest  rate  on  a  total  notional  amount  of  $450  million  of  the  current  principal 
amount of the Term Loan Facilities, approximately 30% of the principal amount of our debt bore interest at floating rates based on 
Term SOFR or an alternative reference rate, as defined in our credit agreements, as of December 30, 2023. A hypothetical 1% change 
in the applicable rate would cause the interest expense on our floating rate debt to change by approximately $16 million per year (see 
Note 11, Debt, in our consolidated financial statements). 

Fuel Price Risk

We are also exposed to risk due to fluctuations in the price and availability of diesel fuel. We require significant quantities of diesel 
fuel for our vehicle fleet, and the price and supply of diesel fuel are unpredictable and fluctuate based on events outside our control, 
including  geopolitical  developments,  supply  and  demand  for  oil  and  gas,  regional  production  patterns,  weather  conditions  and 
environmental concerns. Increases in the cost of diesel fuel can negatively affect consumer confidence and discretionary spending and 
increase the prices we pay for products, and the costs we incur to deliver products to our customers. 

Fuel costs related to outbound deliveries approximated $191 million during the fiscal year ended December 30, 2023. Our activities to 
minimize  fuel  cost  risk  include  route  optimization,  improving  fleet  utilization,  assessing  fuel  surcharges  and  enhancing  fleet 
technology and transitioning to alternative fuel sources, including electric vehicles. We typically directly offset approximately 40% of 
the increases in fuel costs through fuel surcharges to customers. We also enter into forward purchase commitments for a portion of our 
projected diesel fuel requirements. As of December 30, 2023, we had diesel fuel forward purchase commitments totaling $33 million, 
which fix approximately 26% of our projected diesel fuel purchase needs through December 2024. Using current published market 
price projections for diesel and estimated fuel consumption needs, a hypothetical 10% unfavorable change in diesel prices from the 
market price could result in approximately $14 million in additional fuel cost on uncommitted volumes through December 2024.

35

Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2023,  December 31, 2022 
and January 1, 2022
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 
and January 1, 2022
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2023, December 31, 2022, and 
January 1, 2022

 (PCAOB ID:  34 )

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page No.

37
39

40

41

42

43

36

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of US Foods Holding Corp. 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of US Foods Holding Corp. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 
December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and 
cash flows, for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 30, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as 
the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the 
Company as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three 
fiscal years in the period ended December 30, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
of America.

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal 
Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our 
report dated February 15, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion 

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the 
Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to 
be  independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. 
Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  financial  statements,  whether  due  to 
error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence 
regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used 
and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe 
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current-period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  was 
communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material 
to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex  judgments.  The  communication  of 
critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by 
communicating  the  critical  audit  matter  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the  critical  audit  matter  or  on  the  accounts  or 
disclosures to which it relates.

Vendor Consideration - Refer to Note 2 to the financial statements. 

Critical Audit Matter Description

The  Company  receives  rebates  and  incentives  from  certain  suppliers,  primarily  through  purchase-based  programs.  Consideration 
earned under these incentives is estimated during the year based on purchasing activity, as obligations under the program are fulfilled 
primarily as products are purchased. Consideration is typically received in the form of invoice deductions to be applied against the 
amounts owed to the Company’s vendors, or less often in the form of cash payments. The purchase-based incentives are recorded as a 
reduction to inventory as they are earned based on inventory purchases. As the related inventory is sold, the amounts are recorded as a 
reduction  to  cost  of  goods  sold.  Vendor  receivables  represent  the  uncollected  balance  of  vendor  consideration.    Although  many  of 
these incentives are under long-term agreements others are negotiated on an annual basis or shorter.

We  identified  vendor  consideration  as  a  critical  audit  matter  due  to  the  extent  of  audit  effort  required  to  evaluate  whether  vendor 
consideration is recorded in accordance with the terms of the vendor agreements.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the evaluation of the vendor agreements included the following, among others: 

37

• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls over the calculation of the amount recorded and the accuracy of the 

agreement information input in the system utilized to calculate the amount of vendor consideration recorded.

• We selected a sample of vendor consideration recorded and (1) confirmed the amount recorded directly with the vendors or (2) 

recalculated vendor consideration amounts recorded by the Company using the terms of the executed vendor agreement.

• We selected a sample of inventory on hand and evaluated whether the related vendor consideration was properly recognized in the 

promotional allowance invoice register during the period ended December 30, 2023. 

• We selected a sample of deductions made on payments to vendors after period end and evaluated whether the vendor 

consideration was properly recorded at December 30, 2023.

• We tested the amount of vendor consideration recorded as a reduction to inventory by developing an independent expectation for 
the amount based on historical ratios experienced by the Company and comparing our expectation to the amount recorded in the 
current year. 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP 

Chicago, Illinois
February 15, 2024

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2006.

38

US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions, except par value)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $18 and $30

Vendor receivables, less allowances of $5 and $8
Inventories—net

Prepaid expenses
Assets held for sale

Other current assets
Total current assets

Property and equipment—net
Goodwill

Other intangibles—net

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Cash overdraft liability

Accounts payable

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt

      Total current liabilities

Long-term debt

Deferred tax liabilities

Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 22)

Mezzanine equity:

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

$ 

269  $ 

1,854 

156 
1,600 

138 
— 

14 
4,031 

2,280 

5,697 

803 

376 

211 
1,705 

143 
1,616 

124 
2 

19 
3,820 

2,171 

5,625 

785 

372 

$ 

13,187  $ 

12,773 

$ 

220  $ 

2,051 

731 

110 

3,112 

4,564 

293 

469 

8,438 

175 

1,855 

650 

116 

2,796 

4,738 

298

446 

8,278 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—25 shares authorized; 

0 and 0.5 issued and outstanding as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 
2022, respectively

— 

534 

Shareholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.01 par value—600 shares authorized;
     253 and 225 issued and outstanding as of
     December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury Stock, 7.8 and  0.5 shares, respectively
Total shareholders’ equity

3 
3,663 
1,509 
(115)   

(311)   

4,749 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity

$ 

13,187  $ 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

2 
3,036 
1,010 
(73) 

(14) 

3,961 

12,773 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In millions, except per share data)

Net sales
Cost of goods sold

Gross profit
Operating expenses:

Distribution, selling and administrative costs
Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges

Total operating expenses

Operating income
Other income—net
Interest expense—net

Loss on extinguishment of debt

Income before income taxes

Income tax provision 

Net income

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

Changes in retirement benefit obligations

Interest rate hedge activity

Comprehensive income

Net income 
Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Net income available to common shareholders

Net income per share:

Basic

Diluted

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

Basic

Diluted

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

December 30, 
2023

Fiscal Years Ended
December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

$ 

35,597  $ 
29,449 

34,057  $ 
28,565 

6,148 

5,492 

5,117 
14 

5,131 
1,017 

4,886 
12 

4,898 
594 

(6)   

(22)   

324 

21 

678 

172 

506 

(43)   

1 

464  $ 

506  $ 

(7)   

499  $ 

255 

— 

361 

96 

265 

(54)   

— 

211  $ 

265  $ 

(37)   

228  $ 

2.09  $ 

2.02  $ 

1.02  $ 

1.01  $ 

239 
250 

224 
226 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

29,487 
24,832 

4,655 

4,220 
11 

4,231 
424 

(26) 

213 

23 

214 

50 

164 

10 

5 

179 

164 

(43) 

121 

0.55 

0.54 

222 
225 

40

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In millions)

BALANCE-January 2, 2021

Share-based compensation expense

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

Vested restricted stock units, net

Exercise of stock options

Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity 
awards
Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

Interest rate hedge activity, net of income tax

Net income

BALANCE-January 1, 2022

Share-based compensation expense

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

Vested restricted stock units, net

Exercise of stock options

Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity 
awards
Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

Common stock repurchased

Net income

BALANCE-December 31, 2022

Share-based compensation expense

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan

Vested restricted stock units, net

Exercise of stock options

Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity 
awards
Series A convertible preferred stock conversion to common 
stock

Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Changes in retirement benefit obligations, net of income tax

Interest rate hedge activity, net of income tax

Common stock repurchased

Excise tax on common stock repurchases

Net income

Number of
Common
Shares

Common
Shares at
Par Value

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained 
Earnings

Number of 
Treasury 
Shares

Treasury 
Stock

Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Loss

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

221.0  $ 

2  $ 

2,901 

$ 

661 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(34)  $ 

3,530 

— 

0.7 

0.7 

0.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

48 

20 

— 

15 

(14) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

223.0  $ 

2  $ 

2,970 

$ 

— 

0.8 

0.8 

0.6 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

45 

22 

— 

15 

(16) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(43) 

— 

— 

164 

782 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(37) 

— 

— 

265 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

10 

5 

— 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(19)  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0.4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(14) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(54) 

— 

— 

225.2  $ 

2  $ 

3,036 

$ 

1,010 

0.4  $ 

(14)  $ 

(73)  $ 

— 

0.7 

0.8 

1.2 

— 

25.0 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

56 

24 

— 

25 

(12) 

534 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(7) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

506 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

7.4 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(294) 

(3) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(43) 

1 

— 

— 

— 

48 

20 

— 

15 

(14) 

(43) 

10 

5 

164 

3,735 

45 

22 

— 

15 

(16) 

(37) 

(54) 

(14) 

265 

3,961 

56 

24 

— 

25 

(12) 

535 

(7) 

(43) 

1 

(294) 

(3) 

506 

BALANCE-December 30, 2023

252.9  $ 

3  $ 

3,663 

$ 

1,509 

7.8  $ 

(311)  $ 

(115)  $ 

4,749 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In millions)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Fiscal Years Ended

December 
30, 2023

December 
31, 2022

January 1, 
2022

$ 

506  $ 

265  $ 

164 

Depreciation and amortization
Gain on disposal of property and equipment, net
Tangible asset impairment charges

Intangible asset impairment charges
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Amortization of deferred financing costs

Deferred tax provision
Share-based compensation expense
Provision (benefit) for doubtful accounts

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions:

Increase in receivables
Decrease (increase) in inventories
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets

Increase in accounts payable and cash overdraft liability

Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Acquisition of businesses - net of cash received
Proceeds from sales of divested assets

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

Purchases of property and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Repurchase of Senior Note Debt

Issuance of new Senior Note Debt
Principal payments on debt repricing

Proceeds from debt repricing

Proceeds from debt borrowings
Principal payments on debt and financing leases

Dividends paid on Series A convertible preferred stock

Debt financing costs and fees

Repurchase of common stock

Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan
Proceeds from exercise of stock options

Purchase of interest rate caps

Tax withholding payments for net share-settled equity awards

Net cash used in financing activities

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

Conversion of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

Interest paid—net of amounts capitalized

Income taxes paid (received)—net

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable

Property and equipment transferred to assets held for sale

Leased assets obtained in exchange for financing lease liabilities
Leased assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities
Cashless exercise of stock options

Paid-in-kind Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

42

395 
(6) 
1 

— 
21 
17 

9 
56 
24 

(157) 
61 
(67) 

200 

80 
1,140 

(196) 
— 

10 

(309) 

(495) 

(1,000) 

1,000 
(43) 

43 

456 
(766) 

(7) 

(11) 

(294) 

24 
26 

(3) 

(12) 
(587) 

58 

211 

372 
(5) 
10 

— 
— 
12 

17 
45 
6 

(240) 
70 
(24) 

193 

44 
765 

— 
— 

10 

(265) 

(255) 

— 

— 
— 

— 

378 
(1) 
1 

7 
23 
15 

38 
48 
(24) 

(386) 
(413) 
4 

471 

94 
419 

— 
5 

7 

(274) 

(262) 

— 

— 
— 

— 

1,207 
(1,620) 

2,305 
(3,105) 

(37) 

(4) 

(14) 

22 
15 

— 

(16) 
(447) 

63 

148 

(28) 

(30) 

— 

20 
15 

— 

(14) 
(837) 

(680) 

828 

148 

— 

185 

1 

40 

11 

56 
32 
1 

15 

$ 

$ 

269  $ 

211  $ 

534  $ 

—  $ 

294 

161 

39 

— 

125 
67 
2 

— 

243 

68 

36 

— 

207 
41 
1 

— 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in tables in millions, except share and per share data, unless otherwise noted)

1. OVERVIEW AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

US  Foods  Holding  Corp.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and  its  consolidated  subsidiaries  are  referred  to  in  these  consolidated 
financial statements and notes as “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company” or “US Foods.” US Foods Holding Corp. conducts all of its 
operations  through  its  wholly  owned  subsidiary  US  Foods,  Inc.  (“USF”)  and  its  subsidiaries.  All  of  the  Company’s 
indebtedness, as further described in Note 11, Debt, is a direct obligation of USF and its subsidiaries.

Business Description—The Company, through USF, operates in one business segment in which it markets, sells and distributes 
fresh,  frozen  and  dry  food  and  non-food  products  to  foodservice  customers  throughout  the  U.S.  These  customers  include 
independently owned single and multi-unit restaurants, regional concepts, national restaurant chains, hospitals, nursing homes, 
hotels and motels, country clubs, government and military organizations, colleges and universities and retail locations.

Basis of Presentation—The Company operates on a 52 or 53-week fiscal year, with all periods ending on a Saturday. When a 
53-week  fiscal  year  occurs,  the  Company  reports  the  additional  week  in  the  fiscal  fourth  quarter.  The  fiscal  years  ended 
December  30,  2023,  December  31,  2022  and  January  1,  2022,  referred  to  herein  as  fiscal  years  2023,  2022  and  2021, 
respectively, were 52-week fiscal years. 

2. 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles  of  Consolidation—The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  US  Foods  and  its 
wholly owned subsidiary, USF, and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use  of  Estimates—The  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles 
generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”). This requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and 
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents—The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid  investments  purchased  with  an  original  maturity  of 
three or fewer months to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable—Accounts receivable represent amounts due from customers in the ordinary course of business and are 
recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. Receivables are presented net of the allowance for doubtful accounts in 
the  Company’s  accompanying  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  Company  performs  on-going  credit  evaluations  of  its 
customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s current credit worthiness, as determined by 
the  review  of  their  current  credit  information.  Collections  and  payments  from  customers  are  continuously  monitored.  The 
Company evaluates the collectability of its accounts receivable and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts 
based on a combination of factors. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is based upon historical 
experience, future expected losses, as well as specific customer collection issues that have been identified. The Company uses 
specific  criteria  to  determine  uncollectible  receivables  to  be  written  off,  including  bankruptcy,  accounts  referred  to  outside 
parties for collection and accounts past due over specified periods.

Vendor  Consideration  and  Receivables—The  Company  participates  in  various  rebate  and  promotional  incentives  with  its 
suppliers,  primarily  through  purchase-based  programs.  Consideration  earned  is  estimated  during  the  year  as  the  Company’s 
obligations under the programs are fulfilled, which is primarily when products are purchased. Changes in the estimated amount 
of incentives earned are recognized in the period of change.

Vendor  consideration  is  typically  deducted  from  invoices  or  collected  in  cash  within  30  days  of  being  earned.  Vendor 
receivables  represent  the  uncollected  balance  of  vendor  consideration.  Since  collections  occur  primarily  from  deducting  the 
consideration  from  the  amounts  due  to  the  vendor,  the  Company  does  not  experience  significant  collectability  issues.  The 
Company  evaluates  the  collectability  of  its  vendor  receivables  based  on  specific  vendor  information  and  vendor  collection 
history.

Inventories—The Company’s inventories, consisting mainly of food and other food-related products, are primarily considered 
finished  goods.  Inventory  costs  include  the  purchase  price  of  the  product,  freight  costs  to  deliver  it  to  the  Company’s 
distribution and retail facilities and depreciation and labor related to processing facilities and equipment, and are net of certain 
cash  or  non-cash  consideration  received  from  vendors.  The  Company  assesses  the  need  for  valuation  allowances  for  slow-
moving, excess and obsolete inventories by estimating the net recoverable value of such goods based upon inventory category, 
inventory age, specifically identified items and overall economic conditions.

43

The  Company  records  inventories  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  primarily  using  the  last-in,  first-out  (“LIFO”)  method.    For 
LIFO  based  inventories,  the  base  year  values  of  beginning  and  ending  inventories  are  determined  using  the  inventory  price 
index computation method. This “links” current costs to original costs in the base year when the Company adopted LIFO. As of 
December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, LIFO reserves in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets were $488 million 
and $489 million, respectively. As a result of changes in LIFO reserves, cost of goods sold decreased $1 million in 2023, and 
increased $147 million and $165 million in fiscal years 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

Property  and  Equipment—Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost.  Depreciation  of  property  and  equipment  is  calculated 
using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets,  which  range  from  3  to  40  years.  Property  and 
equipment  under  financing  leases  and  leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  shorter  of  the 
remaining term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Routine  maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  expense  as  incurred.  Applicable  interest  charges  incurred  during  the 
construction of new facilities or development of software for internal use are capitalized as one of the elements of cost and are 
amortized over the useful life of the respective assets.

Property  and  equipment  held  and  used  by  the  Company  are  tested  for  recoverability  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. For purposes of evaluating 
the  recoverability  of  property  and  equipment,  the  Company  compares  the  carrying  value  of  the  asset  or  asset  group  to  the 
estimated,  undiscounted  future  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  long-lived  asset  or  asset  group.  If  the  future  cash 
flows  do  not  exceed  the  carrying  value,  the  carrying  value  is  compared  to  the  fair  value  of  such  asset.  If  the  carrying  value 
exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.

The  Company  also  assesses  the  recoverability  of  its  vacant  land  and  closed  facilities  actively  marketed  for  sale.  If  an  asset’s 
carrying value exceeds its fair value, less an estimated cost to sell, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. Assets held 
for sale are not depreciated.

Impairments  resulting  from  restructuring  activities  are  recorded  as  a  component  of  restructuring  costs  and  asset  impairment 
charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, and a reduction of the asset’s carrying value in 
the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets—Goodwill includes the cost of acquired businesses in excess of the fair value of the 
tangible  and  other  intangible  net  assets  acquired.  Other  intangible  assets  include  customer  relationships,  noncompete 
agreements,  amortizable  trade  names,  the  brand  names  comprising  the  Company’s  portfolio  of  exclusive  brands,  and 
trademarks. Brand names and trademarks are indefinite-lived intangible assets and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization, 
but are subject to impairment assessments as described below.

The Company assesses goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if 
events occur that indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is 
to assess for impairment as of the beginning of each fiscal third quarter. For intangible assets with definite lives, the Company 
assesses impairment only if events occur that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The reporting 
unit used in assessing goodwill impairment is the Company’s one business segment as described in Note 24, and all goodwill is 
assigned to the consolidated Company.

Impairments are recorded as a component of restructuring costs and asset impairment charges in the Company’s Consolidated 
Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income,  and  a  reduction  of  the  asset’s  carrying  value  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheets.

Self-Insurance  Programs—The  Company  estimates  its  liabilities  for  claims  covering  general,  fleet,  and  workers’ 
compensation. Amounts in excess of certain levels, which range from $1 million to $15 million per occurrence, are insured as a 
risk  reduction  strategy  to  mitigate  catastrophic  losses.  The  workers’  compensation  liability  is  discounted,  as  the  amount  and 
timing of cash payments is reliably determinable given the nature of benefits and the level of historic claim volume to support 
the actuarial assumptions and judgments used to derive the expected loss payment pattern. The amount accrued is discounted 
using  an  interest  rate  that  approximates  the  U.S.  Treasury  rate  consistent  with  the  duration  of  the  liability.  The  inherent 
uncertainty of future loss projections could cause actual claims to differ from our estimates. 

We are primarily self-insured for group medical claims not covered under multiemployer health plans covering certain of our 
union-represented employees. The Company accrues its self-insured medical liability, including an estimate for incurred but not 
reported  claims,  based  on  known  claims  and  past  claims  history.  These  accruals  are  included  in  accrued  expenses  and  other 
current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Share-Based  Compensation—The  Company  measures  compensation  expense  for  share-based  awards  at  fair  value  as  of  the 
date  of  grant,  and  recognizes  compensation  expense  over  the  service  period  for  awards,  and  as  applicable  based  upon 
predetermined  financial  performance  conditions  for  performance  share-based  awards.  Forfeitures  are  recognized  as  incurred. 
Fair  value  of  each  option  is  estimated  as  of  the  date  of  grant  using  a  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.    The  fair  value  of 
time-based and other performance based awards is the closing price per share for the Company’s common stock as reported on 

44

the  New  York  Stock  Exchange.  The  fair  value  of  the  market  performance  based  awards  is  estimated  using  a  Monte-Carlo 
simulation.  Shares issued as a result of stock options exercises will be funded with the issuance of new shares.

Compensation expense related to our employee stock purchase plan, which allows eligible employees to purchase our common 
stock  at  a  discount  of  15%  represents  the  difference  between  the  fair  market  value  as  of  acquisition  date  and  the  employee 
purchase price.

Treasury Stock— The company records treasury stock purchases at cost plus excise tax. 

Business  Acquisitions—The  Company  accounts  for  business  acquisitions  under  the  acquisition  method.  Assets  acquired  and 
liabilities  assumed  are  recorded  at  fair  value  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  The  operating  results  of  the  acquired  companies  are 
included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

Cost  of  Goods  Sold—Cost  of  goods  sold  includes  amounts  paid  to  vendors  for  products  sold,  net  of  vendor  consideration, 
including  in-bound  freight  necessary  to  bring  the  products  to  the  Company’s  distribution  facilities.  Depreciation  related  to 
processing  facilities  and  equipment  is  presented  in  cost  of  goods  sold.  Because  the  majority  of  the  inventories  are  finished 
goods, depreciation related to warehouse facilities and equipment is presented in distribution, selling and administrative costs. 
See “Inventories” above for discussion of the LIFO impact on cost of goods sold.

Shipping and Handling Costs—Shipping and handling costs, which include costs related to the selection of products and their 
delivery  to  customers,  are  presented  in  distribution,  selling  and  administrative  costs.  Shipping  and  handling  costs  were  $2.4 
billion, $2.3 billion and $2.0 billion in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. This requires the recognition of 
deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the Company’s 
consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences 
between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the 
year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is 
recognized in income during the period that includes the enactment date. Net deferred tax assets are recorded to the extent the 
Company believes these assets will more likely than not be realized.

An  uncertain  tax  position  is  recognized  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  position  will  be  sustained  upon  examination, 
including  resolutions  of  any  related  appeals  or  litigation  processes,  based  on  the  technical  merits.  Uncertain  tax  positions  are 
recorded  at  the  largest  amount  that  is  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained.  The  Company  adjusts  the  amounts  recorded  for 
uncertain  tax  positions  when  its  judgment  changes,  as  a  result  of  evaluating  new  information  not  previously  available.  These 
differences are reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense or benefit in the period in which they are determined.

Derivative  Financial  Instruments—The  Company  has  utilized  derivative  financial  instruments  to  assist  in  managing  its 
exposure  to  variable  interest  rates  on  certain  borrowings.  The  Company  does  not  enter  into  derivatives  or  other  financial 
instruments  for  trading  or  speculative  purposes.  In  April  2023,  the  Company  entered  into  two,  two-year  interest  rate  cap 
agreements. Interest rate caps, designated as cash flow hedges, are recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at 
fair value.  The effective portion of gains and losses on the interest rate caps are initially recorded in other comprehensive loss 
and reclassified to interest expenses during the period in which the hedged transaction affects income.

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into forward purchase agreements to procure fuel, electricity and product 
commodities related to its business. These agreements often meet the definition of a derivative. However, the Company does not 
measure its forward purchase commitments at fair value as the amounts under contract meet the physical delivery criteria in the 
normal purchase exception.

Concentration Risks—Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash 
equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash equivalents are invested primarily in money market funds at major 
financial institutions. The account balances at these institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) 
insurance coverage, and as a result, there may be a concentration of risk related to amounts invested in excess of FDIC insurance 
coverage.  Credit  risk  related  to  accounts  receivable  is  dispersed  across  a  significantly  large  number  of  customers  located 
throughout the U.S. The Company attempts to reduce credit risk through initial and ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ 
financial  condition.  There  were  no  receivables  from  any  one  customer  representing  more  than  5%  of  our  consolidated  gross 
accounts receivable as of December 30, 2023.

3.  RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recently Issued and Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No 2023-09 Income Taxes (“Topic 740”) “Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures 
Topic 740”, which enhances the transparency of income tax disclosures primarily related to rate reconciliation and income taxes 
paid information.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024.  This guidance is effective on a 
prospective  basis,  though  retrospective  application  is  permitted.    The  Company  plans  to  adopt  the  provisions  of  ASU  No. 

45

2023-09  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  quarter  of  fiscal  year  2025  and  does  not  expect  the  provisions  of  the  new  standard  to 
materially affect our financial position, results of operation or cash flows. 

In  August  2020,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No. 
2020-06, Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity, which simplifies the accounting for 
convertible  instruments  by  removing  the  separation  models  for  (1)  convertible  debt  with  a  cash  conversion  feature  and  (2) 
convertible  instruments  with  a  beneficial  conversion  feature.  As  a  result,  convertible  debt  will  be  accounted  for  as  a  single 
liability measured at its amortized cost. Additionally, the new guidance requires the application of the if-converted method to 
calculate  the  impact  of  convertible  instruments  on  diluted  earnings  per  share.  This  guidance  is  effective  for  fiscal  years 
beginning  after  December  15,  2021.  The  Company  adopted  the  provisions  of  ASU  No.  2020-06  at  the  beginning  of  the  first 
quarter  of  fiscal  year  2022,  with  no  impact  on  the  Company’s  financial  position,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  or  diluted 
earnings per share reporting.

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08 Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts 
with  Customers,  which  amends  Accounting  Standards  Codification  (“ASC”)  805  to  require  an  acquirer  to,  at  the  date  of 
acquisition,  recognize  and  measure  contract  assets  and  contract  liabilities  acquired  in  accordance  with  ASU  2014-9,  Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, with 
early adoption permitted, and is to be applied prospectively to business combinations occurring on or after adoption of the new 
guidance. The Company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2021-08 at the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal year 2022, 
with no impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2022, the FASB issued ASU No. 2022-06 Reference Rate Reform (“Topic 848”) “Deferral of the Sunset Date of 
Topic 848”, which deferred the sunset date of Topic 848 from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2024. Topic 848 provides 
optional  expedients  and  exceptions  for  applying  GAAP  to  contract  modifications  and  hedge  accounting  to  ease  the  financial 
reporting  burdens  of  the  expected  market  transition  from  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  and  other  interbank 
offered rates to alternative reference rates. The standard was effective upon issuance and the Company may apply the optional 
expedients and elections in Topic 848 prospectively through December 31, 2024. For the Company, the provisions of this ASU 
were effective upon issuance and did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

4.  REVENUE RECOGNITION

The Company recognizes revenue when the performance obligation is satisfied, which occurs when a customer obtains control 
of the promised goods or services. The amount of revenue recognized reflects the consideration which the Company expects to 
be entitled to receive in exchange for these goods or services. The Company generates substantially all of its revenue from the 
distribution  and  sale  of  food  and  food-related  products  and  recognizes  revenue  when  title  and  risk  of  loss  passes  and  the 
customer accepts the goods, which occurs at delivery. Customer sales incentives such as volume-based rebates or discounts are 
treated  as  a  reduction  of  revenue  at  the  time  the  revenue  is  recognized.  Sales  taxes  invoiced  to  customers  and  remitted  to 
governmental authorities are excluded from net sales. Shipping and handling costs are treated as fulfillment costs and included 
in distribution, selling and administrative costs. 

The  Company  did  not  have  any  material  outstanding  performance  obligations,  contract  liabilities  or  capitalized  contract 
acquisition  costs  as  of  December  30,  2023  or  December  31,  2022.  Customer  receivables,  which  are  included  in  accounts 
receivable,  less  allowances  for  doubtful  accounts  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  were  $1.9  billion  and 
$1.7 billion as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. 

The  Company  has  certain  customer  contracts  under  which  incentives  are  paid  upfront  to  its  customers.  These  payments  have 
become  industry  practice  and  are  not  related  to  financing  any  customer’s  business,  nor  are  these  costs  associated  with  any 
distinct good or service to be received from any customer. These incentive payments are capitalized in prepaid expenses and 
other assets and amortized as a reduction of revenue over the life of the contract or as goods or services are transferred to the 
customer.  The  Company’s  contract  assets  for  these  upfront  payments  were  $35  million  and  $29  million  included  in  prepaid 
expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, and 
$39 million and $31 million included in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2023 
and December 31, 2022, respectively.

46

The following table presents the disaggregation of revenue for each of the Company’s principal product categories:

Meats and seafood
Dry grocery products
Refrigerated and frozen grocery products
Dairy
Equipment, disposables and supplies
Produce
Beverage products
Total Net sales

5.  BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS 

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

11,953  $ 
6,407 
6,053 
3,727 
3,571 

1,915 
1,971 
35,597  $ 

12,375  $ 
5,758 
5,253 
3,564 
3,536 

1,840 
1,731 
34,057  $ 

11,245 
4,979 
4,453 
2,801 
3,090 

1,454 
1,465 
29,487 

Saladino’s Acquisition—On December 1, 2023, the Company acquired Saladino’s, a broadline distributor in California for a 
purchase  price  of  $56  million.    The  acquisition,  which  was  funded  with  cash  from  operations,  allows  US  Foods  to  further 
expand its reach into California and distribution channels to the southwest United States.

The  Saladino’s  acquisition,  reflected  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  commencing  from  the  date  of 
acquisition, did not materially affect the Company’s results of operations or financial position.  The Company recorded goodwill 
of $14 million and intangible assets of $7 million for this acquisition related to customer relationships, which will be amortized 
on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 15 years.  The goodwill recognized from the Saladino’s acquisition is 
deductible for tax purposes.  Saladino’s is integrated into the Company’s foodservice distribution network.

Renzi Foodservice Acquisition—On July 7, 2023, the Company acquired Renzi Foodservice, a broadline distributor in New 
York,  for  a  purchase  price  of  $142  million  (less  the  amount  of  the  post-closing  working  capital  adjustment,  which  was 
$2 million) for a net purchase price of $140 million.  The acquisition, which was funded with cash from operations, allows US 
Foods to further expand its reach into central upstate New York.  

The Renzi Foodservice acquisition, reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements commencing from the date of 
acquisition, did not materially affect the Company’s results of operations or financial position.  The Company recorded goodwill 
of $58 million and intangible assets of $57 million for this acquisition.  The intangible assets included $54 million related to 
customer relationships and $3 million related to noncompete agreements, which will be amortized on a straight-line basis over 
an estimated useful life of 15 and 5 years, respectively.  The goodwill recognized from the Renzi Foodservice acquisition is 
deductible for tax purposes.  Renzi Foodservice is integrated into the Company’s foodservice distribution network.

Acquisition and integration costs, which included Saladino’s and Renzi Foodservice as well as previous acquisitions, included in 
distribution, selling and administrative costs in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income were $6 
million, $16 million and $15 million during fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

6.  ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS 

A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the last three fiscal years is as follows:

Balance as of beginning of year

Charged (benefit) to costs and expenses, net
Customer accounts written off—net of recoveries

Balance as of end of year

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

30  $ 
24 
(36)   
18  $ 

33  $ 

6 
(9)   
30  $ 

67 
(24) 
(10) 
33 

For the year ended December 30, 2023, the customer accounts written off - net of recoveries is primarily due to a one-time 
write-off for one large national customer whose outstanding amount due had previously been reserved.

This table excludes the vendor receivable related allowance for doubtful accounts of $5 million and $8 million as of December 
30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

7.  ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

The Company classifies its vacant land and closed facilities as assets held for sale at the time management commits to a plan to 
sell the asset, the asset is actively marketed and available for immediate sale, and the sale is expected to be completed within 
one  year.  Due  to  market  conditions,  certain  assets  may  be  classified  as  assets  held  for  sale  for  more  than  one  year  as  the 
Company continues to actively market the assets.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During  fiscal  year  2023,  one  facility  previously  held  for  sale  was  sold  for  aggregate  cash  proceeds  of  $2  million  which 
approximated the carrying value.

During fiscal year 2022, no excess facilities or vacant land previously held for future use were transferred to assets held for sale. 
The Company sold vacant land for cash proceeds of $5 million, resulting in a gain on sale of $2 million, which was included in 
distribution,  selling  and  administrative  costs  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income.  The 
Company also sold one excess facility for aggregate cash proceeds of $1 million which approximated the carrying value.

The changes in assets held for sale for fiscal years 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Balance as of beginning of year
Assets sold
Balance as of end of the year

2023

2022

$ 

$ 

2  $ 
(2)   
—  $ 

8 
(6) 
2 

8. 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 consisted of the following:

Land
Buildings and building improvements
Transportation equipment
Warehouse equipment
Office equipment, furniture and software
Construction in process

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property and equipment—net

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

Range of
Useful Lives

$ 

$ 

401  $ 

1,772 
1,461 
597 
1,169 
99 
5,499 
(3,219)   
2,280  $ 

397 

1,713  5–40 years
1,340  5–10 years
569  5–12 years
1,056  3–7 years

77 
5,152 
(2,981) 
2,171 

Transportation  equipment  included  $594  million  and  $575  million  of  financing  lease  assets  as  of  December  30,  2023  and 
December 31, 2022, respectively. Office equipment, furniture and software included $5 million of financing lease assets as of 
both December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022. Buildings and building improvements included $148 million and $78 million 
of financing lease assets as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Accumulated amortization of financing 
lease  assets  was  $297  million  and  $263  million  as  of  December  30,  2023  and  December  31,  2022,  respectively.  Interest 
capitalized was not material in both fiscal years 2023 and 2022. 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  of  property  and  equipment,  including  amortization  of  financing  lease  assets,  was 
$349 million, $327 million and $323 million for fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

9.  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES

Goodwill  includes  the  cost  of  acquired  businesses  in  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  tangible  and  other  intangible  net  assets 
acquired.  Other  intangible  assets  include  customer  relationships,  amortizable  trade  names,  the  brand  names  comprising  the 
Company’s  portfolio  of  exclusive  brands,  and  trademarks.  Brand  names  and  trademarks  are  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets 
and, accordingly, are not subject to amortization, but are subject to impairment assessments as described below.

Amortizable customer relationships, trade names and noncompete agreements are intangible assets with definite lives, and are 
carried  at  the  acquired  fair  value  less  accumulated  amortization.  Customer  relationships  and  amortizable  trade  names  are 
amortized  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  (which  range  from  approximately  3  to  15  years).  Amortization  expense  was 
$46 million, $45 million and $55 million for fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The weighted-average remaining 
useful  life  of  all  definite  lived  intangibles  was  approximately  twelve  years  as  of  December  30,  2023.  Amortization  of  these 
definite  lived  intangible  assets  is  estimated  to  be  $49  million  for  each  of  fiscal  years  2024,  2025,  2026,  2026  and  2027,  and 
$288 million in the aggregate thereafter. 

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and other intangibles—net consisted of the following:

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

Goodwill
Other intangibles—net

Customer relationships—amortizable:
    Gross carrying amount
    Accumulated amortization
    Net carrying value
Trade names—amortizable:
    Gross carrying amount
    Accumulated amortization
    Net carrying value
Noncompete agreements—amortizable:
    Gross carrying amount
    Accumulated amortization
    Net carrying value
Brand names and trademarks—not amortizing

Total other intangibles—net

5,697  $ 

5,625 

$ 

$ 

715  $ 
(189)   
526 

4 
(2)   
2 

4 
— 
4 
271 

655 
(144) 
511 

4 
(1) 
3 

— 
— 
— 
271 

785 

$ 

803  $ 

The increases in goodwill and the gross carrying amounts of customer relationships and noncompete agreements are attributable 
to the Renzi Foodservice and the Saladino’s acquisitions. See Note 5, Business Acquisitions.

The Company assesses for impairment of intangible assets with definite lives only if events occur that indicate that the carrying 
amount  of  an  intangible  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  The  Company  assesses  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets  with 
indefinite lives for impairment annually, or more frequently if events occur that indicate an asset may be impaired. For goodwill 
and indefinite-lived intangible assets, the Company’s policy is to assess for impairment as of the beginning of each fiscal third 
quarter.  The  Company  completed  its  most  recent  annual  impairment  assessment  for  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible 
assets as of the first day of the third quarter of fiscal year 2023, with no impairments noted.

For goodwill, the reporting unit used in assessing impairment is the Company’s one business segment as described in Note 24, 
Business  Information.  The  Company  performed  the  annual  goodwill  impairment  assessment  using  a  qualitative  approach  to 
determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  goodwill  is  less  than  its  carrying  value.  In  performing  the 
qualitative  assessment,  the  Company  identified  and  considered  the  significance  of  relevant  key  factors,  events,  and 
circumstances  that  affect  the  fair  value  of  its  goodwill.  These  factors  include  external  factors  such  as  market  conditions, 
macroeconomic, and industry, as well as entity-specific factors, such as actual and planned financial performance. Based upon 
the Company’s qualitative fiscal 2023 annual goodwill impairment analysis, the Company concluded that it is more likely than 
not that the fair value of goodwill exceeded its carrying value and there is no risk of impairment.

The Company’s fair value estimates of the brand names and trademarks indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on a relief 
from royalty method. The fair value of these intangible assets is determined for comparison to the corresponding carrying value. 
If the carrying value of these assets exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. 
Key assumptions used in the relief from royalty method included the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate 
for  such  revenue,  and  a  discount  rate.  These  assumptions  require  significant  judgment  by  management,  and  are  therefore 
considered Level 3 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Based upon the Company’s fiscal year 2023 annual impairment analysis, 
the Company concluded the fair value of its brand names and trademarks exceeded its carrying value.

During fiscal year 2021, the Company implemented rebranding initiatives related to the integration of a trade name acquired as 
part  of  an  earlier  acquisition.  As  a  result  of  the  rebranding  initiatives,  the  Company  recognized  an  impairment  charge  of 
$7 million, which was included in restructuring costs and asset impairment charges in the Company’s Consolidated Statements 
of  Comprehensive  Income.  The  remaining  carrying  value  of  the  acquired  trade  name  of  $3  million  was  reclassified  to  trade 
names—amortizable  and  will  be  amortized  with  an  estimated  remaining  useful  life  of  10  years.  No  other  impairments  were 
noted as part of the annual impairment assessment for fiscal year 2021.

Due to the many variables inherent in estimating fair value and the relative size of the recorded indefinite-lived intangible assets, 
differences in assumptions may have a material effect on the results of the Company’s impairment analysis in future periods.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Certain assets and liabilities are carried at fair value under GAAP, under which fair value is a market-based measurement, not an 
entity-specific  measurement.  The  Company’s  fair  value  measurements  are  based  on  the  assumptions  that  market  participants 
would use in pricing the asset or liability. As a basis for considering market participant assumptions in fair value measurements, 
fair  value  accounting  standards  establish  a  fair  value  hierarchy  which  prioritizes  the  inputs  used  in  measuring  fair  value  as 
follows:

•

•

•

Level 1—observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets

Level 2—observable inputs other than those included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in 
active  or  inactive  markets  that  are  observable  either  directly  or  indirectly,  or  other  inputs  that  are  observable  or  can  be 
corroborated by observable market data

Level 3—unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its 
own assumptions

Any transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy will be recognized as of 
the  end  of  the  reporting  period  in  which  the  transfer  occurs.  There  were  no  transfers  between  fair  value  levels  in  any  of  the 
periods presented below.

The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 
2022, aggregated by the level in the fair value hierarchy within which those measurements fall, were as follows:

Assets

Money market funds
Interest Rate Caps

Assets

Money market funds

December 30, 2023

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$ 
$ 

208  $ 
—  $ 

—  $ 
1  $ 

—  $ 
—  $ 

208 
1 

December 31, 2022

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$ 

139  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

139 

There  were  no  significant  assets  or  liabilities  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  measured  at  fair  value  on  a 
nonrecurring basis, except as further disclosed in Note 9, Goodwill and Other Intangibles.

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Money Market Funds

Money  market  funds  include  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  or  fewer  months.  These  funds  are 
valued using quoted market prices in active markets and are classified under Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The  Company  has  in  the  past,  and  may  in  the  future,  use  interest  rate  swaps  and  interest  rate  caps,  designated  as  cash  flow 
hedges, to manage its exposure to interest rate movements in connection with its variable-rate debt. In April 2023, the Company 
entered  into  two,  two-year  rate  cap  agreements,  which  will  mature  on  April  30,  2025,  with  a  total  notional  amount  of  $450 
million,  which  will  effectively  cap  the  interest  rate  on  approximately  24%  of  the  current  principal  amount  of  the  Term  Loan 
Facilities.  The Company’s maximum exposure to the variable component of the interest rate on the Term Loan Facilities will be 
5% on the notional amount covered by the interest rate cap.  The Company had no outstanding interest rate hedge agreements as 
of December 31, 2022.

The Company records its interest rate caps in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value, based on projections of cash flows 
and  future  interest  rates.  The  determination  of  fair  value  includes  the  consideration  of  any  credit  valuation  adjustments 
necessary,  giving  consideration  to  the  creditworthiness  of  the  respective  counterparties  or  the  Company,  as  appropriate.  The 
following table presents the balance sheet location and fair value of the interest rate caps at December 30, 2023:

50

Balance at December 30, 2023

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

Derivatives designed as hedging instruments

Interest Rate Caps

Interest Rate Caps

Other current assets

Other noncurrent assets

$ 

$ 

1 

— 

The  effective  portion  of  gains  and  losses  on  the  interest  rate  caps  are  initially  recorded  in  other  comprehensive  loss  and 
reclassified to interest expense during the period in which the hedged transaction affects income. There was no ineffectiveness 
attributable to the Company’s interest rate hedges during the fiscal years ended December 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 
January  1,  2022,  respectively.  The  following  table  presents  the  effect  of  the  Company’s  interest  rate  caps  in  its  Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and January 1, 2022:

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

For the fiscal year ended December 30, 2023

Interest rate caps

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022

Interest rate swaps

For the fiscal year ended January 1, 2022

Interest rate swaps

Other Fair Value Measurements 

Amount of  Gain 
Recognized in 
Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, net of tax

Location of Amounts 
Reclassified from 
Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive Loss

Amount of Gain 
Reclassified from 
Accumulated Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss to Income,
net of tax

$ 

$ 

$ 

1 

Interest expense—net

— 

Interest expense—net

— 

Interest expense—net

$ 

$ 

$ 

— 

— 

5 

The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable, vendor receivables, cash overdraft liability and accounts payable approximate 
their fair values due to their short-term maturities.

The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  total  debt  approximated  $4.7  billion,  compared  to  its  carrying  value  of  $4.7  billion  as  of 
December  30,  2023.  The  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  total  debt  approximated  $4.6  billion  compared  to  its  carrying  value  of 
$4.8 billion as of December 31, 2022. 

The fair value of the Company’s 6.25% senior secured notes due April 15, 2025 (the “Secured Senior Notes due 2025”) was 
$1.0 billion as of December 31, 2022.   The Secured Senior Notes due 2025 were redeemed in the third quarter of 2023.  The 
fair value of the Company’s 6.88% senior unsecured notes due September 15, 2028 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028”) 
was $0.5 billion as of  December 30, 2023. The fair value of the Company’s 4.75% unsecured senior notes due February 15, 
2029 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029”) was $0.9 billion and $0.8 billion as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 
2022, respectively.  The fair value of the Company’s 4.630% unsecured senior notes due June 1, 2030 (the “Unsecured Senior 
Notes due 2030”) was $0.5 billion and $0.4 billion as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.  The fair 
value of the Company’s 7.25% senior unsecured notes due January 15, 2032 (the “Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032”) was $0.5 
billion as of December 30, 2023. Fair value of the Unsecured Senior Notes dues 2028, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029, 
the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 and the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032 is based upon their closing market prices on the 
respective dates. The fair value of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029, the Unsecured 
Senior Notes due 2030 and the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032 is classified under Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The fair 
value  of  the  balance  of  the  Company’s  debt  is  primarily  classified  under  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  with  fair  value 
estimated based upon a combination of the cash outflows expected under these debt facilities, interest rates that are currently 
available to the Company for debt with similar terms, and estimates of the Company’s overall credit risk.

51

11.  DEBT

Total debt consisted of the following:

Debt Description
ABL Facility
2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility (net of $11 
and $19 of unamortized deferred financing
costs, respectively)
2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility (net of $3 
and $6 of unamortized deferred financing costs, 
respectively)
Secured Senior Notes due 2025 (net of $0 and $7 
of unamortized deferred financing costs, 
      respectively) (1)
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028 (net of $5 
unamortized deferred financing costs)(1)
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 (net of $6 and 
$7 of unamortized deferred financing costs, 
respectively)
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 (net of $4 and 
$4 of unamortized deferred financing costs, 
respectively) 
Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032 (net of $5 of 
unamortized deferred financing costs)(1)

Obligations under financing leases
Other debt
Total debt
Current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt

Maturity
December 7, 2027
September 13, 2026

Interest Rate as of 
December 30, 2023
8.50%
7.47%

Carrying Value as of 
December 30, 2023

Carrying Value as of 
December 31, 2022

$ 

—  $ 

1,105 

— 
1,232 

November 22, 2028

7.97%

April 15, 2025

6.25%

September 15, 2028

February 15, 2029

6.88%

4.75%

June 1, 2030

4.63%

January 15, 2032

7.25%

2023–2037
January 1, 2031

1.26% -8.31%
5.75%

718 

— 

495 

894 

496 

495 

463 
8 
4,674 
(110) 
4,564  $ 

$ 

786 

993 

— 

893 

496 

— 

446 
8 
4,854 
(116) 
4,738 

(1) The Secured Senior Notes due 2025 were paid in full on September 25, 2023, with the proceeds from the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028 and 

the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032, as well as cash on hand, as further discussed below

As of December 30, 2023, after considering interest rate caps that fixed the variable component of the interest rate on the total 
notional amount of $450 million of the current principal of the Term Loan Facilities described below, approximately 30% of the 
Company’s total debt bore interest at a floating rate.

Principal  payments  to  be  made  on  outstanding  debt,  exclusive  of  deferred  financing  costs,  as  of  December  30,  2023,  were  as 
follows:

2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

ABL Facility 

$ 

$ 

106 
100 
1,176 
73 
1,273 
1,980 
4,708 

On  December  7,  2022,  USF  entered  into  an  amendment  to  its  asset  based  senior  secured  revolving  credit  facility  (the  “ABL 
Facility”). Pursuant to this amendment, the total aggregate amount of commitments under the ABL facility was increased from 
$1,990  million  to  $2,300  million.  The  amendment  also  replaced  the  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  interest  rate 
benchmark  with  a  forward-looking  term  rate  based  on  the  Term  Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rate  (“Term  SOFR”)  as 
administered  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  New  York,  as  determined  in  accordance  with  the  ABL  Facility.  Extensions  of 
credit under the ABL Facility are subject to availability under a borrowing base comprised of various percentages of the value of 
eligible  accounts  receivable,  inventory,  transportation  equipment  and  certain  unrestricted  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  which, 
along with other assets, also serve as collateral for borrowings under the ABL Facility. The ABL Facility is  scheduled to mature 
on  December  7,  2027,  subject  to  a  springing  maturity  date  in  the  event  that  more  than  $300  million  of  aggregate  principal 
amount of earlier maturing indebtedness under USF’s Term Loan Credit Agreement or any of USF’s Unsecured Senior Notes 
due 2029 or Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 (the “Senior Notes”) (described below) remains outstanding on a date that is sixty 

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(60) days prior to such earlier maturity date for such indebtedness under the Term Loan Credit Agreement or any of such Senior 
Notes.

Borrowings under the ABL Facility bear interest, at USF’s periodic election, at a rate equal to the sum of an alternative base rate 
(“ABR”), as described under the ABL Facility, plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50%, based on USF’s excess availability 
under  the  ABL  Facility,  or  the  sum  of  a  Term  SOFR  plus  a  margin  ranging  from  1.00%  to  1.50%,  based  on  USF’s  excess 
availability  under  the  ABL  Facility,  and  a  credit  spread  adjustment  of  0.10%.  The  margin  under  the  ABL  Facility  as  of 
December  30,  2023,  was  0.00%  for  ABR  loans  and  1.00%  for  SOFR  loans.  The  ABL  Facility  also  carries  letter  of  credit 
financing fees equal to 0.125% per annum in respect of each letter of credit outstanding, letter of credit participation fees equal to 
a percentage per annum equal to the applicable Term SOFR margin minus the letter of credit facing fees in respect of each letter 
of credit outstanding and a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum on the average unused amount of the commitments under the 
ABL  Facility.  The  weighted-average  interest  rate  on  outstanding  borrowings  for  the  ABL  Facility  was  8.27%  and  2.87%  for 
fiscal years 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The Company incurred $4 million of third party costs in connection with the ABL Facility amendment which were capitalized as 
deferred financing costs recorded in other assets in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. These deferred financing costs, 
along with $3 million of unamortized deferred financing costs related to the former asset based senior secured revolving credit 
facility, will be amortized through December 7, 2027, the ABL Facility maturity date.

USF had no outstanding borrowings, and had outstanding letters of credit totaling $567 million, under the ABL Facility as of 
December  30,  2023.  The  outstanding  letters  of  credit  are  entered  into  in  favor  of  certain  commercial  insurers  to  secure 
obligations with respect to our insurance programs and certain real estate leases. There was available capacity of $1,733 million 
under the ABL Facility as of December 30, 2023.

Term Loan Facilities

The  Amended  and  Restated  Term  Loan  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  27,  2016  (as  amended,  the  “Term  Loan  Credit 
Agreement”), provides USF with an incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in September 2019 (the “2019 Incremental 
Term Loan Facility”), an incremental senior secured term loan borrowed in November 2021 (the “2021 Incremental Term Loan 
Facility”) and the right to request additional incremental senior secured term loan commitments. On June 1, 2023, USF entered 
into an amendment to its term loan credit agreement to replace the LIBOR-based interest rate option included in the term loan 
credit  agreement  with  an  interest  rate  option  based  upon  Term  SOFR.    The  Company’s  maximum  exposure  to  the  variable 
component of the interest rate on the Term Loan Facilities will be 5% on the notional amount covered by the interest rate caps 
described above. 

2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility

The  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  had  an  outstanding  balance  of  $1,105  million,  net  of  $11  million  of  unamortized 
deferred financing costs, as of December 30, 2023. During fiscal year 2023 the Company voluntarily prepaid $120 million of the 
2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility.

Borrowings under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at USF’s option, either the 
sum  of  (i)  Term  SOFR  plus  (ii)  a  credit  spread  adjustment  of  (a)  0.11448%  for  a  one-month  term,  (b)  0.26161%  for  a  three-
month  term,  or  (c)  0.42826%  for  a  six  month  term,  (with  the  sum  of  Term  SOFR  and  the  foregoing  credit  spread  adjustment 
subject  to  a  Term  SOFR  “floor”  of  0.00%)  plus  (iii)  a  margin  of  2.00%,  or  the  sum  of  (i)  an  ABR,  as  described  in  the  2019 
Incremental Term Loan Facility plus a margin of 1.00%.

The  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  is  scheduled  to  mature  on  September  13,  2026.  Borrowings  under  the  2019 
Incremental Term Loan Facility may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium, other than customary breakage costs 
related  to  prepayments  of  SOFR-based  borrowings.  The  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  may  require  mandatory 
repayments if certain assets are sold.

2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility

The 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility had an outstanding balance of $718 million, net of $3 million of unamortized deferred 
financing  costs,  as  of  December  30,  2023.  During  fiscal  year  2023  the  Company  voluntarily  prepaid  $65  million  of  the  2021 
Incremental Term Loan Facility.

Borrowings under the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at USF’s option, either the 
sum  of  (i)  Term  SOFR  plus  (ii)  a  credit  spread  adjustment  of  (a)  0.11448%  for  a  one-month  term,  (b)  0.26161%  for  a  three-
month  term,  or  (c)  0.42826%  for  a  six  month  term,  (with  the  sum  of  Term  SOFR  and  the  foregoing  credit  spread  adjustment 
subject  to  a  Term  SOFR  “floor”  of  0.00%)  plus  (iii)  a  margin  of  2.50%,  or  the  sum  of  (i)  an  ABR,  as  described  in  the  2019 
Incremental Term Loan Facility plus a margin of 1.50%.

53

On August 22, 2023, the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility was amended to lower the interest rate margins under the term 
loan  facility  to  2.50%  for  Term  SOFR  borrowings  and  1.50%  for  ABR  borrowings.    The  Company  applied  modification 
accounting to the majority of the continuing lenders as the terms were not substantially different from the terms that applied to 
those lenders prior to the amendment.  For the remaining lenders, the Company applied debt extinguishment accounting.  The 
Company recorded $1 million of third-party costs and a write-off of $1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs, related 
to the August 22, 2023 amendment in interest expense.  Unamortized deferred financing costs of  $3 million at  December 30, 
2023 were carried forward and will be amortized through the maturity date of the term loan facility.

The  2021  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  is  scheduled  to  mature  on  November  22,  2028.  Borrowings  under  the  2021 
Incremental Term Loan Facility may be voluntarily prepaid without penalty or premium, other than customary breakage costs 
related  to  prepayments  of  SOFR-based  borrowings  The  2021  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  may  require  mandatory 
repayments if certain assets are sold.

Secured Senior Notes due 2025

On September 25, 2023, the Company redeemed all of the then outstanding Secured Senior Notes due 2025, using proceeds from 
the issuance of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028 and the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032, along with cash on hand, as 
discussed below.  As a result of the early redemption of the Secured Senior Notes due 2025, the Company incurred a $16 million 
prepayment premium, as well as wrote-off deferred financing fees of $5 million.  The total loss on extinguishment of debt of 
$21 million is presented separately in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.  

Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028

On  September  25,  2023,  USF  completed  a  private  offering  of  $500  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Unsecured  Senior 
Notes due 2028.  USF used the proceeds of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028, together with the proceeds of the Unsecured 
Senior  Notes  due  2032  and  cash  on  hand,  to  redeem  all  of  the  then  outstanding  Secured  Senior  Notes  due  2025,  and  to  pay 
related  fees  and  expenses.    Lender  fees  and  third-party  costs  of  $5  million  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Unsecured 
Senior Notes due 2028 were capitalized as deferred financing costs.

The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028 had an outstanding balance of $495 million, net of the $5 million of unamortized deferred 
financing costs, as of December 30, 2023.  The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028 bear interest at a rate of 6.88% per annum and 
will mature on September 15, 2028.  On or after September 15, 2025, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028 are redeemable, at 
USF’s option, in whole or in part at a price of 103.438% of the remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, 
but  not  including,  the  applicable  redemption  date.    On  or  after  September  15,  2026  and  September  15,  2027,  the  optional 
redemption price for the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2028 declines to 101.719% and 100.00%, respectively, of the remaining 
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.

Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029

The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 had an outstanding balance of $894 million, net of $6 million of unamortized deferred 
financing costs, as of December 30, 2023. The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 bear interest at a rate of 4.75% per annum and 
will  mature  on  February  15,  2029.  On  or  after  February  15,  2024,  the  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2029  are  redeemable,  at 
USF’s option, in whole or in part at a price of 102.375% of the remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, 
but not including, the applicable redemption date. On or after February 15, 2025 and February 15, 2026, the optional redemption 
price  for  the  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2029  declines  to  101.188%  and  100.000%,  respectively,  of  the  remaining  principal 
amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date. 

Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030

The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 had an outstanding balance of $496 million, net of $4 million of unamortized deferred 
financing costs, as of December 30, 2023. The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 bear interest at a rate of 4.630% per annum and 
will mature on June 1, 2030. On or after June 1, 2025, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2030 are redeemable, at USF’s option, in 
whole or in part at a price of 102.313% of the remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, 
the  applicable  redemption  date.  On  or  after  June  1,  2026  and  June  1,  2027,  the  optional  redemption  price  for  the  Unsecured 
Senior Notes due 2030 declines to 101.156% and 100.000%, respectively, of the remaining principal amount, plus accrued and 
unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.

Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032

On  September  25,  2023,  USF  completed  a  private  offering  of  $500  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Unsecured  Senior 
Notes due 2032.  USF used the proceeds of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032, together with the proceeds of the Unsecured 
Senior  Notes  due  2028  and  cash  on  hand,  to  redeem  all  of  the  then  outstanding  Secured  Senior  Notes  due  2025,  and  to  pay 

54

related  fees  and  expenses.    Lender  fees  and  third-party  costs  of  $5  million  in  connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Unsecured 
Senior Notes due 2032 were capitalized as deferred financing costs.  

The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032 had an outstanding balance of $495 million, net of the $5 million of unamortized deferred 
financing costs, as of December 30, 2023.  The Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032 bear interest at a rate of 7.250%  per annum 
and will mature on January 15, 2032.  On or after September 15, 2026, the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032 are redeemable, at 
USF’s option, in whole or in part at a price of 103.625% of the remaining principal, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, 
but  not  including,  the  applicable  redemption  date.    On  or  after  September  15,  2027  and  September  15,  2028,  the  optional 
redemption price for the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2032 declines to 101.813% and 100.00%, respectively, of the remaining 
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date.

Financing Leases

Obligations under financing leases of $463 million as of December 30, 2023 consist primarily of amounts due for transportation 
equipment and building leases.

Security Interests

Substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  assets  are  pledged  under  the  various  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness.  The  ABL 
Facility is secured by certain designated receivables, as well as inventory and certain owned transportation equipment and certain 
unrestricted cash and cash equivalents. Additionally, the lenders under the ABL Facility have a second priority interest in all of 
the capital stock of USF and its subsidiaries and substantially all other non-real estate assets of USF and its subsidiaries. USF’s 
obligations under the 2019 Incremental Term Loan Facility and the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility are secured by all the 
capital stock of USF and its subsidiaries and substantially all the non-real estate assets of USF. Additionally, the lenders under 
the  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  and  the  2021  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  have  a  second  priority  interest  in  the 
inventory and certain transportation equipment pledged under the ABL Facility.

Debt Covenants 

The  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  contain  customary  covenants.  These  include,  among  other  things,  covenants  that 
restrict our ability to incur certain additional indebtedness, create or permit liens on assets, pay dividends, or engage in mergers 
or consolidations. USF had approximately $2.0 billion of restricted payment capacity under these covenants, and approximately 
$2.8 billion of its net assets were restricted after taking into consideration the net deferred tax assets and intercompany balances 
that eliminate in consolidation as of December 30, 2023.

The  agreements  governing  our  indebtedness  also  contain  customary  events  of  default.  Those  include,  without  limitation,  the 
failure to pay interest or principal when it is due under the agreements, cross default provisions, the failure of representations and 
warranties contained in the agreements to be true when made, and certain insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and 
remains uncured, the principal amounts outstanding, together with all accrued unpaid interest and other amounts owed, may be 
declared immediately due and payable. Were such an event to occur, the Company would be forced to seek new financing that 
may not be on as favorable terms as its existing debt. The Company’s ability to refinance its indebtedness on favorable terms, or 
at all, is directly affected by the then prevailing economic and financial conditions. In addition, the Company’s ability to incur 
secured  indebtedness  (which  may  enable  it  to  achieve  more  favorable  terms  than  the  incurrence  of  unsecured  indebtedness) 
depends  in  part  on  the  value  of  its  assets.  This,  in  turn,  is  dependent  on  the  strength  of  its  cash  flows,  results  of  operations, 
economic and market conditions, and other factors.

2021 Refinancing Activities

In February 2021, USF completed a private offering of the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2029 and used the proceeds, together 
with cash on hand, to redeem all of the Company’s then outstanding 5.875% Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024 (the “Unsecured 
Senior Notes due 2024”), and repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the 2020 Incremental Term Loan Facility. In 
connection  with  the  repayment  of  the  Unsecured  Senior  Notes  due  2024  and  the  2020  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility,  the 
Company  applied  debt  extinguishment  accounting  and  recorded  $23  million  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income, consisting of a $14 million write-off of pre-existing unamortized deferred financing costs related to the 
redeemed facilities and a $9 million early redemption premium related to the Unsecured Senior Notes due 2024. 

In November 2021, USF entered into the 2021 Incremental Term Loan Facility and completed a private offering of Unsecured 
Senior Notes due 2030 and used the proceeds and cash on hand, to repay all of the then outstanding borrowings under the Initial 
Term  Loan  Facility.  In  connection  with  the  repayment  of  the  Initial  Term  Loan  Facility,  the  Company  applied  debt 
extinguishment  accounting  and  recorded  $2  million  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income, 
primarily consisting of a write-off of pre-existing unamortized deferred financing costs related to the Initial Term Loan Facility. 

55

12.  ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities consisted of the following:

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

Salary, wages and bonus expenses
Operating expenses
Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability
Group medical liability
Customer rebates and other selling expenses
Property and sales tax payable
Operating lease liability
Restructuring liabilities
Interest payable
Other

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Other long-term liabilities:

Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liability
Operating lease liability
Accrued pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Uncertain tax positions
Other

Total Other long-term liabilities

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

213  $ 
94 
52 
27 
134 
64 
43 
7 
40 
57 
731  $ 

152  $ 
265 
5 
32 
15 

469  $ 

205 
93 
41 
33 
125 
49 
36 
3 
33 
32 
650 

145 
246 
5 
32 
18 
446 

Self-Insured Liabilities —The Company is self-insured for general liability, fleet liability and workers’ compensation claims. 
Claims  in  excess  of  certain  levels  are  insured  by  external  parties.  The  workers’  compensation  liability,  included  in  the  table 
above under “Workers’ compensation, general liability and fleet liability,” is recorded at present value. This table summarizes 
self-insurance liability activity for the last three fiscal years:

Balance as of beginning of the year

Charged to costs and expenses

Reinsurance recoverable

Payments

Balance as of end of the year

Discount rate

Estimated future payments for self-insured liabilities are as follows:

2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total self-insured liability
Less amount representing interest
Present value of self-insured liability

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

186 

123 

13 
(118) 

$ 

192 

107 

2 
(115) 

175 

95 

7 
(85) 

$ 

204 

$ 

186 

$ 

192 

 4.80 %

 4.25 %

 0.49 %

$ 

$ 

58 
45 
26 
18 
14 
89 
250 
(46) 
204 

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13.  RESTRUCTURING LIABILITIES 

The following table summarizes the changes in the restructuring liabilities for the last three fiscal years:

Balance as of January 2, 2021
    Current period costs (benefits)

    Payments, net

Balance as of January 1, 2022
    Current period costs
    Payments, net

Balance as of December 31, 2022
    Current period costs

    Payments, net

Balance as of December 30, 2023

Severance and 
Related Costs

Facility Closing 
Costs

$ 

$ 

1 
5 

(3) 
3 

3 
(3) 

3 
11 

(7) 
7 

$ 

$ 

1 
(1) 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
3 

(3) 
— 

Total

$ 

$ 

2 
4 

(3) 
3 

3 
(3) 

3 
14 

(10) 
7 

From  time  to  time,  the  Company  may  implement  initiatives  or  close  or  consolidate  facilities  in  an  effort  to  reduce  costs  and 
improve operating effectiveness. In connection with these activities, the Company may incur various costs including severance 
and other employee-related separation costs.

2023 Activities

During fiscal year 2023, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $14 million for severance and related costs associated with 
work force reductions and office closures.

2022 Activities

During fiscal year 2022, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $3 million for severance and related costs associated with 
support office work force reductions.

2021 Activities

During fiscal year 2021, the Company incurred net restructuring costs of $4 million for severance and related costs associated 
with the closure of an excess facility and initiatives to improve operational effectiveness.

See Note 9, Goodwill and Other Intangibles, for discussion related to asset impairment charges incurred during fiscal years 2022 
and 2021.

14.  CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

On  May  6,  2020,  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  an  Investment  Agreement  with  KKR  Fresh  Aggregator  L.P.,  a  Delaware  limited 
partnership, which agreement was joined on February 25, 2021 by permitted transferee KKR Fresh Holdings L.P., a Delaware 
limited  partnership  (“KKR”),  the  Company  issued  and  sold  500,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  Series  A  Preferred  Stock,  par 
value $0.01 per share, to KKR Fresh Aggregator L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $500 million, or $1,000 per share (the 
“Issuance”). The Company used the net proceeds from the Issuance for working capital and general corporate purposes. As of 
December 31, 2022, the Company had outstanding a total of 532,281 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Series A Preferred 
Stock had a carrying value of $534 million as of December 31, 2022. 

On  March  10,  2023,  KKR  converted  161,237  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  into  7,600,037  shares  of  the  Company’s 
common stock. Pursuant to the terms of conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock set forth in the Certificate of Designations 
for the Series A Preferred Stock, each such share is convertible at the option of the holder at any time into a number of shares of 
Common Stock equal to (A) the sum of the liquidation preference for such share ($1,000) and the accrued and unpaid dividends 
with regard to such share divided by (B) the applicable conversion price ($21.50, subject to certain adjustments). The issuance 
of the 7,600,037 shares of Common Stock was exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) under the Securities Act of 1933, 
as  amended,  as  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  was  exchanged  for  Common  Stock  by  an  existing  security  holder  and  no 
commission  or  other  remuneration  was  paid.  On  March  31,  2023,  the  Company  paid  cash  dividends  of  $7  million  on  the 
remaining outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock.

On  May  26,  2023  KKR  converted  the  remaining  371,044  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  completed  a  secondary 
offering of 17,425,053 shares of the Company’s common stock.  Upon completion of this transaction, KKR has relinquished 
their  seat  on  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors  and  is  no  longer  considered  a  related  party.  See  Note  15,  Related  Party 

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Transactions.  In connection with the May 26, 2023 conversion, the Company repurchased $150 million of common stock.  See 
Note 16, Share-Based Compensation, Common Stock Issuances and Common Stock, for information on the Company’s Share 
Repurchase Program. 

In  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  Certificate  of  Designations  for  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  (the  “Certificate  of 
Designations”) previously issued to KKR Fresh Aggregator L.P. (“KKR”), the Company paid dividends on the shares of the 
Series  A  Preferred  Stock  in  the  form  of  (a)  9,154  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  on  March  31,  2021,  plus  a  de  minimis 
amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares, (b) cash in the amount of $28 million in the aggregate during subsequent quarters 
during fiscal year 2021, (c) cash in the amount of $37 million during fiscal year 2022 and (d) cash in the amount of $7 million 
during fiscal year 2023.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  for  the  outstanding  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  and  associated  carrying  value  for 
fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021:

Balance, January 2, 2021

    Shares issued as paid in kind dividend - Series A Preferred Stock

Balance, January 1, 2022

    Shares issued as paid in kind dividend - Series A Preferred Stock

Balance, December 31, 2022

    Shares converted to common stock, Q1 2023

    Shares converted to common stock, Q2 2023

Balance December 30, 2023

15.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Series A Preferred Stock

Shares

Carrying Value

523,127

$ 

9,154

532,281 

—

532,281 

(161,237) 

(371,044) 

— 

$ 

519 

15 

534 

—

534 

(162) 

(372) 

— 

As  of  December  30,  2023,  as  reported  by  the  administrative  agent  of  the  2019  and  2021  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facilities, 
investment funds managed by an affiliate of FMR LLC held approximately $2 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2021 
Incremental Term Loan Facility. Certain FMR LLC affiliates also provide administrative and trustee services for the Company’s 
401(k)  Plan  and  provide  administrative  services  for  other  Company  sponsored  employee  benefit  plans.  Fees  earned  by  FMR 
LLC affiliates are not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

KKR Capital Markets LLC (“KKR Capital Markets”), an affiliate of KKR, received an aggregate of $2 million for debt advisory 
services rendered in connection with the Company’s 2021 debt refinancing activities.  As reported by the administrative agent of 
the  Initial  Term  Loan  Facility  and  the  2019  Incremental  Term  Loan  Facility  (the  “Term  Loan  Agent”),  investment  funds 
managed by an affiliate of KKR held approximately $15 million in aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Incremental Term 
Loan Facility as of December 31, 2022.  

As  of  May  26,  2023,  KKR  converted  all  outstanding  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  holdings,  relinquished  their  seat  on  the 
Company’s Board of Directors and is no longer considered a related party. See Note 14, Convertible Preferred Stock, for details 
on the Series A Preferred Stock.

16.  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION, COMMON STOCK ISSUANCES AND COMMON STOCK

Our long-term incentive plans provide for the grant of various forms of share-based awards to our directors, officers and other 
eligible employees. 

Total compensation expense related to share-based arrangements was $56 million, $45 million and $48 million for fiscal years 
2023,  2022  and  2021,  respectively,  and  is  reflected  in  distribution,  selling  and  administrative  costs  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income.  The  total  income  tax  benefit  associated  with  share-based  compensation 
recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income was $12 million, $9 million and $10 million for 
fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

58

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  the  Company  sponsors  an  employee  stock  purchase  plan  to  provide  eligible  employees  with  the  opportunity  to 
acquire shares of our common stock at a discount of 15% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of purchase, 
and as such, the plan is considered compensatory for federal income tax purposes. The Company recorded $4 million of share-
based compensation expense for fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, associated with the employee stock purchase 
plan.

Stock Options—Certain directors, executive officers and other eligible employees have been granted time-based stock options 
(the  “Time-Based  Options”)  and  performance-based  options  (the  “Performance  Options”  and,  together  with  the  Time-Based 
Options, the “Options”) to purchase shares of our common stock. 

The  Time-Based  Options  generally  vest  and  become  exercisable  ratably  over  a  three-year  period  from  the  date  of  the  grant. 
Share-based  compensation  expense  related  to  the  Time-Based  Options  was  $3  million,  $6  million  and  $12  million  for  fiscal 
years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

The Performance Options generally vest and become exercisable ratably over a period of three years, from the date of the grant, 
provided  that  the  Company  achieves  a  predetermined  financial  performance  condition  established  by  the  Compensation  and 
Human Capital Committee of our Board of Directors for the respective award tranche. Based on the Company’s performance 
relative to the award agreements, no share-based compensation expense was recorded in fiscal year 2023, 2022 and 2021 related 
to the Performance Options.

The Options are nonqualified, with exercise prices equal to the estimated fair value of a share of common stock as of the date of 
the grant. Exercise prices range from $12.56 to $38.17 per share and generally have a 10-year life. The fair value of each Option 
is estimated as of the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The weighted-average assumptions for Options granted in fiscal year 2021 are included in the following table. No options were 
granted in fiscal year 2022 and 2023.

Expected volatility
Expected dividends
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (in years)

2021

 53.0 %
— 
 1.1 %
6.1

Expected  volatility  is  calculated  leveraging  the  historical  volatility  of  public  companies  similar  to  US  Foods.  The  assumed 
dividend yield is zero because the Company has not historically paid dividends. The risk-free interest rate is the implied zero-
coupon yield for U.S. Treasury securities having a maturity approximately equal to the expected term, as of the grant date. Due 
to a lack of relevant historical data, the simplified approach was used to determine the expected term of the options.

The summary of Options outstanding and changes during fiscal year 2023 are presented below:

Weighted-
Average 
Fair Value

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price

Total
Options

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Years

Time 
Options
  3,650,606 
— 

Performance
Options
  186,321 
— 

 (1,168,490)   
(49,335)   

—  $ 

  3,836,927  $ 
—  $ 
(77,769)   (1,246,259)  $ 

9.05  $  24.32 
— 
7.82  $  22.14 
(51,882)  $  15.50  $  31.62 
9.52  $  25.24 
8.77  $  24.28 

  2,538,786  $ 
  2,344,236  $ 

(2,547)   

Outstanding as of December 30, 2023
Vested and exercisable as of December 30, 2023

  2,432,781 
  2,238,231 

  106,005 
  106,005 

5.2
5.1

Outstanding as of December 31, 2022

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited

The weighted-average grant date fair value of Options granted for fiscal year 2021 was $18.59.

During  fiscal  years  2023,  2022  and  2021,  Options  were  exercised  with  total  intrinsic  values  of  $22  million,  $13  million  and 
$14 million, respectively, representing the excess of fair value over the exercise price. 

There was $1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested Options expected to vest as of December 30, 
2023, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of one year.

59

 
 
 
 
 
Restricted Stock Awards—Certain executive officers have been granted restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), some of which vest 
ratably over a three-year period from the date of grant (the “Time-Based RSA”) and others of which vest to the extent certain 
performance conditions are met (the “Performance RSAs”).

The  Company  recorded  no  share-based  compensation  expense  for  the  Time-Based  RSAs  in  fiscal  year  2023,  de  minimis 
expense for 2022, and $1 million for 2021.

The Performance RSAs were granted assuming the maximum level of performance and vest on the third anniversary of the grant 
date if specific performance conditions over a three-year performance period are achieved. The number of shares eligible to vest 
on  the  vesting  date  range  from  zero  to  200%  of  the  target  award  amount,  based  on  the  achievement  of  the  performance 
conditions. The fair value of the Performance RSAs is measured using the fair market value of our common stock on the date of 
grant  and  recognized  over  the  three-year  vesting  period  for  the  portion  of  the  award  that  is  expected  to  vest.  Compensation 
expense for the Performance RSAs is remeasured as of the end of each reporting period, based on management’s evaluation of 
whether, and to what extent, it is probable that performance conditions will be met. 

The Company recorded no share-based compensation expense for the Performance-Based RSAs in fiscal year 2023, de minimis 
expense for 2022, and $1 million for 2021.

There were no RSAs granted in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021. There was no unrecognized compensation expense related to 
the RSAs as of December 30, 2023.

Restricted  Stock  Units—Certain  directors,  executive  officers  and  other  eligible  employees  have  been  granted  time-based 
restricted stock units (the “Time-Based RSUs”), performance-based restricted stock units (the “Performance RSUs”) and market 
performance-based  restricted  stock  units  (the  “Market  Performance  RSUs”  and  collectively  with  the  Time-Based  RSUs  and 
Performance RSUs, the “RSUs”). The Time-Based RSUs generally vest ratably over three years, starting on the anniversary date 
of  the  grant.  For  fiscal  years  2023,  2022  and  2021,  the  Company  recognized  $35  million,  $29  million  and  $26  million, 
respectively, in share-based compensation expense related to the Time-Based RSUs.

The Performance RSUs generally vest over a three-year period, as and to the extent predetermined performance conditions are 
met. The fair value of each share underlying the Performance RSUs is measured at the fair market value of our common stock 
on the date of grant and recognized over the vesting period for the portion of the award that is expected to vest. Compensation 
expense for the Performance RSUs is remeasured as of the end of each reporting period, based on management’s evaluation of 
whether  it  is  probable  that  the  performance  conditions  will  be  met.  The  Company  recognized  $11  million,  $4  million  and 
$1 million of share-based compensation expense in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, for the Performance RSUs. 

During  fiscal  year  2021,  the  Company  granted  Market  Performance  RSUs  to  certain  executive  officers  and  other  eligible 
employees.  These  Market  Performance  RSUs  awards  vest  at  the  end  of  a  four-year  performance  period  contingent  on  our 
achievement of certain total shareholder return performance (“TSR”) targets during the performance period. The grant date fair 
value of the Market Performance RSUs was estimated using a Monte-Carlo simulation. The Company recognized $2 million, $1 
million and $3 million of share-based compensation expense in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, for the Market 
Performance RSUs. 

A summary of RSUs outstanding and changes during fiscal year 2023 is presented below.

Unvested as of December 31, 2022

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Unvested as of December 30, 2023

Time-Based
RSUs

Performance
RSUs

Market  
Performance 
RSUs

Total
RSUs

Weighted-
Average
Fair 
Value

2,172,937 
1,441,470 
(1,088,926)   
(337,853)   
2,187,628 

391,776 
604,074 
— 

209,327 
168,162 
— 

(143,475)   
852,375 

(57,089)   
320,400 

2,774,040  $ 
2,213,706  $ 
(1,088,926)  $ 
(538,417)  $ 
3,360,403  $ 

31.62 
35.71 
24.78 
36.07 
35.82 

The weighted-average grant date fair values for the RSUs granted in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 was $35.71, $35.81 and 
$37.74, respectively.

As of December 30, 2023, there was $70 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to the RSUs that is expected to be 
recognized over a weighted-average period of two years.

Share  Repurchase  Program—On  November  2,  2022,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  Share  Repurchase  Program  under 
which  the  Company  is  authorized  to  repurchase  up  to  $500  million  of  its  outstanding  common  stock.  For  the  year  ended 

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 30, 2023, the Company repurchased 7,396,224 shares at an aggregate purchase price of approximately $294 million 
under  the  program.  Additionally,  during  the  year  ended  December  30,  2023,  the  Company  recorded  $3  million  of  excise  tax 
associated with common stock repurchases. At December 30, 2023, there was approximately $192 million in remaining funds 
authorized under this program.

The size and timing of any repurchases will depend on a number of factors, including share price, general business and market 
conditions and other factors. Under the Share Repurchase Program, repurchases can be made from time to time using a variety of 
methods,  including  open  market  purchases,  privately  negotiated  transactions,  accelerated  share  repurchases  and  Rule  10b5-1 
trading plans. The Share Repurchase Program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of shares, and the 
repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time at the Company’s discretion. The repurchase authorization 
does not have an expiration date.

17.  LEASES

The  Company  leases  certain  distribution  and  warehouse  facilities,  office  facilities,  fleet  vehicles,  and  office  and  warehouse 
equipment.  The  Company  determines  if  an  arrangement  is  a  lease  at  inception  and  recognizes  a  financing  or  operating  lease 
liability  and  right-of-use  (“ROU”)  asset  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  ROU  assets  and  lease  liabilities  are 
recognized based on the present value of future minimum lease payments over the lease term as of commencement date. For the 
Company’s leases that do not provide an implicit borrowing rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the 
information  available  as  of  commencement  date  in  determining  the  present  value  of  future  payments.  The  lease  terms  may 
include options to extend, terminate or buy out the lease. When it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise these 
options, the associated payments are included in ROU assets and the estimated lease liabilities. Leases with an initial term of 12 
months  or  less  are  not  recorded  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  The  Company  recognizes  lease  expense  for 
leases  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term.  The  Company  has  lease  agreements  with  lease  and  non-lease  components, 
which are accounted for separately. For office and warehouse equipment leases, the Company accounts for the lease and non-
lease  components  as  a  single  lease  component.  Variable  lease  payments  that  do  not  depend  on  an  index  or  a  rate,  such  as 
insurance and property taxes, are excluded from the measurement of the lease liability and are recognized as variable lease cost 
when the obligation for that payment is incurred. As of December 30, 2023, lease agreements included residual value guarantees 
of  up  to  $238  million  that  could  potentially  come  due  in  future  periods.  For  leases  which  we  believe  amounts  will  be  owed 
under these guarantees we have included the probable residual value guarantee within the lease payments to measure the right-
of-use assets and lease liabilities. 

During 2022, the Company entered into new lease agreements for four distribution facilities that were previously classified as 
operating  leases.  As  a  result  of  terminating  the  original  leases,  the  Company  recognized  a  charge  of  $9  million,  which  was 
recorded  in  distribution,  selling  and  administrative  costs.  These  new  leases  are  classified  as  financing  leases,  were  measured 
using our incremental borrowing rate and are included in our right of use assets and lease liabilities in the Consolidated Balance 
Sheets. Rental payments are calculated at the applicable reference rate plus a margin.

The following table presents the location of the ROU assets and lease liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets:

Leases

Assets

Operating
Financing
Total leased assets

Liabilities
Current:
Operating
Financing
Noncurrent:

Operating

Financing
Total lease liabilities

Consolidated Balance Sheet Location

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

Other assets
Property and equipment-net(1)

$ 

$ 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities $ 
Current portion of long-term debt

Other long-term liabilities

Long-term debt

$ 

290  $ 
450 
740  $ 

43  $ 

95 

265 

367 
770  $ 

265 
395 
660 

36 

92 

246 

354 
728 

(1) Financing lease assets are recorded net of accumulated amortization of $297 million and $263 million as of December 30, 2023 and December 

31, 2022, respectively.

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  presents  the  location  of  lease  costs  in  fiscal  years  2023,  2022  and  2021  in  the  Company’s  Consolidated 
Statements of Comprehensive Income:

Lease Cost
Operating lease cost

Financing lease cost:

Statements of Comprehensive Income Location
Distribution, selling and administrative costs

2023

2022

2021

$ 

59  $ 

69  $ 

58 

Amortization of leased assets

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

Interest on lease liabilities

Short-term lease cost

Variable lease cost
Net lease cost

Interest expense-net
Distribution, selling and administrative costs

Distribution, selling and administrative costs

86 

22 
2 

70 

11 
2 

12 
181  $ 

10 
162  $ 

$ 

Future lease payments under lease agreements as of December 30, 2023 were as follows: 

Maturity of Lease Liabilities
2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

After 2028

Total lease payments

Less amount representing interest

Present value of lease liabilities

Operating 
Leases

Financing Lease
Obligation

Total

62  $ 
63 

113  $ 
104 

57 

50 
39 

130 

401 

(93)   

308  $ 

94 

81 
56 

81 

529 

(67)   

462  $ 

$ 

$ 

Other information related to lease agreements for fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 was as follows:

Cash Paid For Amounts Included In Measurement of 
Liabilities

Operating cash flows from operating leases

Operating cash flows from financing leases

Financing cash flows from financing leases

2023

2022

2021

$ 

62  $ 

56  $ 

21 

111 

11 

73 

73

10
1 

11
153 

175 
167 

151 

131 
95 

211 

930 

(160) 

770 

55 

10 

87 

Lease Term and Discount Rate

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years):

Operating leases
Financing leases

Weighted-average discount rate:

Operating leases
Financing leases

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 2022

7.57
7.03

 6.5 %
 4.2 %

8.32
6.36

 6.5 %
 4.1 %

8.30
5.74

 6.1 %
 3.2 %

18.  RETIREMENT PLANS

The  Company  sponsors  a  defined  benefit  pension  plan  and  401(k)  plan  for  eligible  employees,  and  provides  certain 
postretirement health and welfare benefits to eligible retirees and their dependents. 

Company  Sponsored  Defined  Benefit  Plans  —  The  Company  sponsors  the  US  Foods  Consolidated  Defined  Benefit 
Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”), a qualified defined benefit retirement plan, that pays benefits to eligible employees at 
the  time  of  retirement,  using  actuarial  formulas  based  upon  a  participant’s  years  of  credited  service  and  compensation.  Only 
certain union associates are eligible to participate and continue to accrue benefits under the plan per the collective bargaining 

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
agreements.  The  plan  is  closed  and  frozen  to  all  other  employees.  The  Company  also  maintains  postretirement  health  and 
welfare plans for certain employees. Amounts related to the Retirement Plan and other postretirement plans recognized in the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements are determined on an actuarial basis.

In the quarter ending July 1, 2023, the Company issued a notice of intent to terminate the majority of the Retirement Plan.  This 
was previously approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.  Effective December 30, 2023, the Retirement Plan was split 
into the Retirement Plan that is continuing, the “Ongoing Plan”, and the portion of the Retirement Plan that is terminating, the 
“Terminating  Plan.”  The  Company  has  commenced  the  plan  termination  process  for  the  Terminating  Plan  and  expects  all 
benefits to be settled during 2024, either through a lump-sum payment to participants or the purchase of an annuity offering on 
behalf of the participants.. As the amount of the settlement depends on a number of factors determined as of the Terminating 
Plan liquidation date, including the annuity pricing, interest rate environment and asset experience, we are currently unable to 
determine the ultimate cost of the settlement of the Terminating Plan at this time.  No cash contributions were required in the 
current fiscal year to support the Terminating Plan transaction.  As a result of the planned termination, the net funded status of 
the Terminating Plan is recorded within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of 
December 20, 2023.

The components of net periodic pension benefit costs (credits) for the Retirement Plan the last three fiscal years were as follows:

Components of net periodic pension benefit (credits) costs:

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of net loss

Net periodic pension benefit (credits) costs 

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

2  $ 
38 
(47)   
3 
(4)  $ 

3  $ 
30 
(52)   
— 
(19)  $ 

3 
29 
(54) 
— 
(22) 

Other postretirement benefit costs were de minimis for fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021.

The service cost component of net periodic benefit (credits) costs is included in distribution, selling and administrative costs, 
while  the  other  components  of  net  periodic  benefit  (credits)  costs  are  included  in  other  income—net  in  the  Company’s 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

The Company did not make a significant contribution to the Retirement Plan in fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021. There have 
been no non-cash settlement costs incurred in fiscal years 2023, 2022, and 2021.

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for pension benefits for the 
last three fiscal years were as follows: 

Changes recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:

Actuarial (loss) gain
Amortization of net loss

Net amount recognized

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

(58)  $ 
3 
(55)  $ 

(73)  $ 
— 
(73)  $ 

14 
— 
14 

Changes  in  plan  assets  and  benefit  obligations  recorded  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  for  other  postretirement 
benefits for the last three fiscal years were de minimis.

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The funded status of the Retirement Plan for the last three fiscal years was as follows:

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation as of beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) loss
Benefit disbursements

Projected benefit obligation as of end of year

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of year
(Loss) return on plan assets
Benefit disbursements

Fair value of plan assets as of end of year

Net funded status

Pension Benefits
2022

2021

2023

$ 

720  $ 
2 
38 
58 
(41)   
777 

753 
48 
(41)   
760 

1,016  $ 
3 
30 
(274)   
(55)   
720 

1,103 
(295)   
(55)   
753 

1,061 
3 
29 
(30) 
(47) 
1,016 

1,112 
38 
(47) 
1,103 

$ 

(17)  $ 

33  $ 

87 

The net funded status of the Retirement Plan for fiscal year 2023 decreased from a net asset of $33 million to a net liability of 
$17 million, as a result of market conditions, adjustments related to the Terminating Plan and actuarial losses. The net funded 
status  of  the  Retirement  Plan  for  fiscal  year  2022  decreased  from  a  net  asset  of  $87  million  to  a  net  asset  of  $33  million, 
primarily due to negative investment returns on assets, offset by an increase in the discount rate.  

The  fiscal  year  2023  pension  benefits  actuarial  loss  of  $58  million  was  primarily  due  to  a  decrease  in  the  discount  rate  and 
terminating  plan  adjustments.  The  fiscal  year  2022  pension  benefits  actuarial  gain  of  $274  million  was  primarily  due  to  an 
increase in the discount rate. The fiscal year 2021 pension benefits actuarial gain of $30 million was primarily due to an increase 
in the discount rate.

The funded status of the Other Post Retirement Plans for the last three fiscal years was as follows:

Other Postretirement Plans
2022

2021

2023

Change in benefit obligation:

Benefit obligation as of beginning of year
Benefit disbursements
Other

Benefit obligation as of end of year

Change in plan assets:

Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of year
Employer contribution
Benefit disbursements

Fair value of plan assets as of end of year

Net funded status

$ 

$ 

5  $ 
(1)   
1 
5 

— 
1 
(1)   
— 
(5)  $ 

6  $ 
(1)   
— 
5 

— 
1 
(1)   
— 
(5)  $ 

6 
(1) 
1 
6 

— 
1 
(1) 
— 
(6) 

Service cost, interest cost and actuarial (gain) loss for other postretirement benefits were de minimis for fiscal years 2023, 2022 
and 2021.

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The amounts recognized on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the company-sponsored defined benefit 
plans and other postretirement benefit plans consisted of the following: 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:

Prepaid benefit obligation—noncurrent
Accrued benefit obligation—current

Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent

Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets

Amounts recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:

Net loss

Net loss recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss

Additional information:

Accumulated benefit obligation

Amounts recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets consist of the following:
Accrued benefit obligation—current
Accrued benefit obligation—noncurrent
Net amount recognized in the consolidated
   balance sheets
Amounts recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss consist of the following:

Gain, net of prior service cost

Net gain recognized in accumulated other
   comprehensive loss
Additional information:

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

Pension Benefits
2022

2021

2023

$ 

—  $ 
(16)   

(1)   

34  $ 
— 

(1)   

89 
— 

(1) 

$ 

(17)  $ 

33  $ 

88 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

213  $ 

159  $ 

213  $ 

159  $ 

85 

85 

775  $ 

717  $ 

1,012 

Other Postretirement Plans
2022

2021

2023

(1)  $ 
(4)   

(1)  $ 
(4)   

(5)  $ 

(5)  $ 

1  $ 

1  $ 

1  $ 

1  $ 

5  $ 

5  $ 

(1) 
(5) 

(6) 

1 

1 

6 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations as of period-end and net pension costs for the last three 
fiscal years were as follows:

Benefit obligation:
Discount rate
Annual compensation increase

Net cost:

Discount rate
Expected return on plan assets
Annual compensation increase

Benefit obligation—discount rate
Net cost—discount rate

Pension Benefits
2022

2021

2023

 5.15 %
 2.96 %

 5.50 %
 6.50 %
 2.96 %

 5.50 %
 2.96 %

 3.00 %
 4.75 %
 2.96 %

 3.00 %
 2.96 %

 2.80 %
 5.00 %
 2.96 %

Other Postretirement Plans
2022

2021

2023

 5.20 %
 5.50 %

 5.50 %
 3.00 %

 3.00 %
 2.80 %

65

 
 
 
 
The  measurement  date  for  the  defined  benefit  and  other  postretirement  benefit  plans  was  December  31  for  fiscal  years  2023, 
2022  and  2021.  The  Company  applies  the  practical  expedient  under  ASU  No.  2015-4  to  measure  defined  benefit  retirement 
obligations and related plan assets as of the month-end that is closest to its fiscal year-end. 

The mortality assumptions used to determine the pension benefit obligation as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 
are  based  on  the  Pri-2012  base  mortality  table  with  the  MP-2020  mortality  improvement  scale  published  by  the  Society  of 
Actuaries.

A  health  care  cost  trend  rate  is  used  in  the  calculations  of  postretirement  medical  benefit  plan  obligations.  The  assumed 
healthcare trend rates for the last three fiscal years were as follows:

Immediate rate
Ultimate trend rate
Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

2023

2022

2021

 6.30 %
 4.50 %
2037

 6.50 %
 4.50 %
2037

 5.50 %
 4.50 %
2037

Retirees covered under these plans are responsible for the cost of coverage in excess of the subsidy, including all future cost 
increases. 

In determining the discount rate, the Company determines the implied rate of return on a hypothetical portfolio of high-quality 
fixed-income investments, for which the timing and amount of cash outflows approximates the estimated pension plan payouts. 
The discount rate assumption is reviewed annually and revised as appropriate.

The  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  is  derived  from  a  mathematical  asset  model.  This  model  incorporates 
assumptions  on  the  various  asset  class  returns,  reflecting  a  combination  of  historical  performance  analysis  and  the  forward-
looking  views  of  the  financial  markets  regarding  the  yield  on  long-term  bonds  and  the  historical  returns  of  the  major  stock 
markets. The rate of return assumption is reviewed annually and revised as deemed appropriate.

The  US  Foods,  Inc.  Retirement  Investment  Committee  (the  “Committee”)  has  authority  and  responsibility  to  oversee  the 
investment  and  management  of  the  trust  (“the  Trust”)  which  holds  the  assets  of  the  Retirement  Plan  and  has  adopted  an 
Investment  Policy  to  provide  a  framework  for  the  management  of  the  Trust’s  assets,  including  the  objectives  and  long-term 
strategy with respect to the investment program of the Trust. Pursuant to the Investment Policy, the primary goal of investing 
Trust assets is to ensure that pension liabilities are met over time, and that Trust assets are invested in a manner that maximizes 
the probability of meeting pension liabilities. The secondary goal of investing Trust assets is to maximize long-term investment 
return  consistent  with  a  reasonable  level  of  risk.  Through  consultation  with  its  investment  consultant,  the  Committee  has 
developed long-term asset allocation guidelines intended to achieve investment objectives relative to projected liabilities. Based 
on those projections, the Committee has approved a dynamic asset allocation strategy that increases the liability-hedging assets 
of the Trust and decreases the return-seeking assets of the Trust as the funded ratio of the Retirement Plan improves. Based upon 
the funded ratio of the Retirement Plan, an asset allocation of 15% equity securities (U.S. large cap equities, U.S. small and mid-
cap equities and non-U.S. equities) and 85% fixed income securities (U.S. Treasuries, STRIPs, and investment grade corporate 
bonds)  was  targeted  during  the  Company’s  fiscal  year  2023.  The  actual  mix  of  assets  in  the  Trust  as  of  December  30,  2023 
consisted of 16% equity securities and 84% fixed income securities. 

66

The following table sets forth the fair value of our defined benefit plans’ assets by asset fair value hierarchy level:

Asset Fair Value as of December 30, 2023
Total

Level 3

Level 2

Level 1

Equities:

Domestic
International

Mutual fund:

International equities
Long-term debt securities:

Corporate debt securities:

Domestic
International

U.S. government securities
Other

Common collective trust funds:

$ 

18  $ 
1 

—  $ 
— 

—  $ 
— 

11 

— 
— 
— 

$ 

30  $ 

— 

116 
16 
2 
3 
137  $ 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

Cash equivalents
Domestic equities
International equities
Treasury STRIPS
U.S. government securities
Total investments measured at net asset value as a practical expedient
Total defined benefit plans’ assets

$ 

18 
1 

11 

116 
16 
2 
3 
167 

286 
72 
20 
67 
148 
593 
760 

Asset Fair Value as of December 31, 2022
Total

Level 2

Level 3

Level 1

Equities:

Domestic

International

Mutual fund:

International equities

Long-term debt securities:

Corporate debt securities:

Domestic

International

U.S. government securities
Other

Common collective trust funds:

Cash equivalents
Domestic equities
International equities
Treasury STRIPS

U.S. government securities

$ 

32  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

2 

22 

— 

— 

— 
56  $ 

$ 

— 

— 

216 

27 
7 
3 
253  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

Total investments measured at net asset value as a practical expedient
Total defined benefit plans’ assets

$ 

67

32 

2 

22 

216 

27 
7 
3 
309 

24 
147 
41 
164 

68 
444 

753 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value is as follows:

•

•

•

•

•

Cash and cash equivalents are valued at original cost, plus accrued interest.

Equities are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which individual securities are traded.

Mutual funds are valued at the closing price reported on the active market on which individual funds are traded.

Long-term debt securities are valued at the estimated price a dealer will pay for the individual securities.

Common collective trust funds are measured at the net asset value as of the December 31, 2023 and 2022 measurement 
dates. This class represents investments in common collective trust funds that invest in:

◦

◦

◦

Equity securities, which may include common stocks, options and futures in actively managed funds; and 

Treasury STRIPS (Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities) representing zero coupon 
Treasury securities with long-term maturities.

U.S. government securities representing government bonds with long-term maturities. 

Estimated future benefit payments, under Company sponsored plans as of December 30, 2023, were as follows:

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Subsequent five years

Pension 
Benefits

Other 
Postretirement 
Plans

$ 

775  $ 

2 
2 

2 

2 

7 

1 

1 
1 

1 

1 

2 

The Company expects to make contributions to the Retirement Plans in fiscal year 2024 in connection with the terminating plan.

Other  Company  Sponsored  Benefit  Plans—Certain  employees  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  Company’s  401(k)  savings 
plan. The Company made employer matching contributions to the 401(k) plan of $65 million, $57 million and $52 million for 
fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. 

Multiemployer Pension Plans—The Company is also required to contribute to various multiemployer pension plans under the 
terms  of  collective  bargaining  agreement  (“CBAs”)  that  cover  certain  of  its  union-represented  employees.  These  plans  are 
jointly administered by trustees for participating employers and the applicable unions.

The  risks  of  participating  in  multiemployer  pension  plans  differ  from  traditional  single-employer  defined  benefit  plans  as 
follows:

•

•

•

Assets contributed to a multiemployer pension plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to the employees of 
other participating employers.

If a participating employer stops contributing to a multiemployer pension plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may 
be borne by the remaining participating employers.

If  the  Company  elects  to  stop  participation  in  a  multiemployer  pension  plan,  or  if  the  number  of  the  Company’s 
employees  participating  in  a  plan  is  reduced  to  a  certain  degree  over  certain  periods  of  time,  the  Company  may  be 
required to pay a withdrawal liability based upon the underfunded status of the plan.

The  Company’s  participation  in  multiemployer  pension  plans  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  December  30,  2023  is  outlined  in  the 
tables below. The Company considers significant plans to be those plans to which the Company contributed more than 5% of 
total contributions to the plan in a given plan year, or for which the Company believes its estimated withdrawal liability, should 
it decide to voluntarily withdraw from the plan, may be material to the Company. For each plan that is considered individually 
significant to the Company, the following information is provided:

•

•

The  EIN/Plan  Number  column  provides  the  Employee  Identification  Number  (“EIN”)  and  the  three-digit  plan  number 
assigned to a plan by the Internal Revenue Service.

The most recent Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available for fiscal years 2023 and 2022 is for the plan years 
beginning in 2022 and 2021, respectively. The zone status is based on information provided to participating employers by 
each  plan  and  is  certified  by  the  plan’s  actuary.  A  plan  in  the  red  zone  has  been  determined  to  be  in  critical  status,  or 

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
critical and declining status, based on criteria established under the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), and is generally 
less than 65% funded. Plans are generally considered “critical and declining” if they are projected to become insolvent 
within 20 years. A plan in the yellow zone has been determined to be in endangered status, based on criteria established 
under the Code, and is generally less than 80% but more than 65% funded. A plan in the green zone has been determined 
to be neither in critical status nor in endangered status, and is generally at least 80% funded.

The  FIP/RP  Status  Pending/Implemented  column  indicates  plans  for  which  a  financial  improvement  plan  (“FIP”)  or  a 
rehabilitation  plan  (“RP”)  is  either  pending  or  has  been  implemented.  In  addition  to  regular  plan  contributions, 
participating employers may be subject to a surcharge if the plan is in the red zone.

The Surcharge Imposed column indicates whether a surcharge has been imposed on participating employers contributing 
to the plan.

The Expiration Dates column indicates the expiration dates of the CBAs to which the plans are subject.

•

•

•

Pension Fund

Minneapolis Food Distributing
   Industry Pension Plan

Teamster Pension Trust Fund of
   Philadelphia and Vicinity

Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and
   Food Employees’ Pension Plan

EIN/
Plan Number

PPA
Zone Status

2023

2022

FIP/RP 
Status
Pending/
Implemented

Surcharge
Imposed

Expiration
 Dates

41-6047047/001

Green

Green

23-1511735/001

Green

Green

36-6491473/001

Green

Green

N/A

N/A

N/A

No

No

No

No

No

No

04/05/2025

02/13/2026

06/30/2026

05/01/2027

02/13/2026

06/27/2026

United Teamsters Trust Fund A

13-5660513/001

Yellow

Yellow

Implemented

Warehouse Employees Local
   169 and Employers Joint
   Pension Fund

UFCW National Pension Fund

23-6230368/001

Red

51-6055922 / 001

Green

Red

Green

Implemented

N/A

The following table provides information about the Company’s contributions to its multiemployer pension plans. For plans that 
are not individually significant to the Company, the total amount of the Company’s contributions is aggregated. 

Contributions(1)(2)
2022

2021

2023

Contributions 
That
Exceed 5% of
Total Plan 
Contributions(3)
2021
2022

Pension Fund
Minneapolis Food Distributing Industry Pension Plan
Teamster Pension Trust Fund of Philadelphia and Vicinity
Local 703 I.B. of T. Grocery and Food Employees’ Pension Plan
United Teamsters Trust Fund A
Warehouse Employees Local 169 and Employers Joint Pension Fund
UFCW National Pension Fund
Other funds

$ 

$ 

6  $ 
5 
3 
2 
1 
— 
38 
55  $ 

6  $ 
5 
3 
1 
1 
— 
31 
47  $ 

5 
4 
4 
1 
1 
1 
27 
43 

Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
—

Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
—

(1) Contributions made to these plans during the Company’s fiscal year, which may not coincide with the plans’ respective fiscal years.
(2)  Contributions do not include payments related to multiemployer pension plan withdrawals/settlements.
(3) 

Indicates whether the Company was listed  in the  respective multiemployer pension  plan Form 5500 for the applicable plan year as 
having made more than 5% of total contributions to the plan. 

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If the Company elects to voluntarily withdraw from a multiemployer pension plan, it may be responsible for its proportionate 
share of the respective plan’s unfunded vested liability. Based on the latest information available from plan administrators, the 
Company  estimates  its  aggregate  withdrawal  liability  from  the  multiemployer  pension  plans  in  which  it  participates  to  be 
approximately  $130  million  as  of  December  30,  2023.  Actual  withdrawal  liabilities  incurred  by  the  Company,  if  it  were  to 
withdraw from one or more plans, could be materially different from the estimates noted here, based on better or more timely 
information from plan administrators or other changes affecting the respective plans’ funded status.

19.  EARNINGS PER SHARE

The Company computes EPS in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income 
available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding.

Diluted EPS is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock, plus the effect of potentially dilutive 
securities.  The  Company  applies  the  treasury  method  to  calculate  the  dilution  impact  of  share-based  awards—stock  options, 
non-vested restricted shares with forfeitable dividend rights, restricted stock units, and employee stock purchase plan deferrals. 
The Company applies the if-converted method to calculate the dilution impact of the Series A Preferred Stock, if dilutive in the 
period.  For  fiscal  years  2023,  2022  and  2021,  share-based  awards  representing  less  than  1  million,  2  million  and  2  million 
underlying common shares, respectively, were not included in the computation because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. 
For  fiscal  year  2023,  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  representing  9  million  of  underlying  common  shares  were  included  in  the 
computation because the effect is dilutive.  For fiscal years 2022 and 2021, Series A Preferred Stock representing 25 million and 
25 million of underlying common shares, respectively, were not included in the computation because the effect would have been 
anti-dilutive. 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted EPS:

Numerator:

Net income
Less: Series A Preferred Stock dividends (1) 
Net income available to common shareholders

Denominator:

Weighted-average common shares outstanding
Effect of dilutive share-based awards
Effect of dilutive underlying shares of the Series A Preferred Stock (2)
Weighted-average dilutive shares outstanding

Net income per share:

Basic

Diluted

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

506  $ 

265  $ 

(7)   

(37)   

499  $ 

228  $ 

239 

2 

9 

250 

224 

2 

— 

226 

164 

(43) 

121 

222 

3 

— 

225 

$ 

$ 

2.09  $ 

2.02  $ 

1.02  $ 

1.01  $ 

0.55 

0.54 

(1)  As discussed in Note 14 Convertible Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock dividends for the first quarter of 2021 were paid-in-kind in 
the form of shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Series A Preferred Stock dividends for the remaining quarters of fiscal year 2021, and all 
dividends paid in 2022 and 2023 were paid in cash.

(2)  Under  the  if-converted  method,  outstanding  shares  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  are  converted  to  common  shares  for  inclusion  in  the 
calculation of weighted-average common shares outstanding-diluted.  Once converted, there would be no preferred stock outstanding and 
therefore, no Series A Preferred Stock dividend  As of December 30, 2023, the 9 million shares represent the weighted average impact on 
these shares during the fiscal year 2023.  See Note 14 Convertible Preferred Stock, for details on Series A Preferred Stock.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20.  CHANGES IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

The following table presents changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, by component, for the last three fiscal years: 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss components

   Retirement benefit obligations:

Balance as of beginning of year (1)

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

Reclassification adjustments:

Amortization of net loss (2) (3)

Total before income tax

Income tax (benefit) provision 

Current year comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

Balance as of end of year (1)

   Interest rate caps:

Balance as of beginning of year (1)
Change in fair value of interest rate caps

Amounts reclassified to interest expense

Total before income tax

Income tax provision

Current year comprehensive income, net of tax

Balance as of end of year (1)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of end of year(1)

2023

2022

2021

$ 

(73)  $ 

(19)  $ 

(55)   

(73)   

(3)   

(58)   

(15)   

(43)   

— 

(73)   

(19)   

(54)   

(29) 

14 

— 

14 

4 

10 

$ 

(116)  $ 

(73)  $ 

(19) 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(5) 

1 

— 

1 

— 

1 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 

5 

6 

1 

5 

$ 

$ 

1  $ 

(115)  $ 

—  $ 

(73)  $ 

— 

(19) 

(1)  Amounts are presented net of tax.
(2) 
(3) 

Included in the computation of net periodic benefit costs. See Note 18, Retirement Plans, for additional information.
Included in other income—net in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income.

21.  INCOME TAXES

The income tax provision for the fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 consisted of the following:

Current:

Federal
State

Current income tax provision 

Deferred:

Federal
State

Deferred income tax provision

Total income tax provision 

2023

2022

2021

$ 

140  $ 

23 
163 

(4)   
13 
9 
172  $ 

$ 

69  $ 
10 
79 

3 
14 
17 
96  $ 

11 
1 
12 

31 
7 
38 
50 

The Company’s effective income tax rates for the fiscal years ended December 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and January 1, 
2022 were 25%, 27% and 23%, respectively. The determination of the Company’s overall effective income tax rate requires the 
use  of  estimates.  The  effective  income  tax  rate  reflects  the  income  earned  and  taxed  in  U.S.  federal  and  various  state 
jurisdictions  based  on  enacted  tax  law,  permanent  differences  between  book  and  tax  items,  tax  credits  and  the  Company’s 
change  in  relative  income  in  each  jurisdiction.  Changes  in  tax  laws  and  rates  may  affect  recorded  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities and the Company’s effective income tax rate in the future.

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  reconciliation  of  the  provision  for  income  taxes  at  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  income  tax  rate  of  21%  to  the  Company’s 
income tax provision for the fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 is shown below: 

Federal income taxes computed at statutory rate

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit
Share-based compensation
Non-deductible expenses
Change in the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
Net operating loss expirations
Tax credits
Change in unrecognized tax benefits

Total income tax provision

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

142  $ 
35 
(5)   
10 
(6)   
1 
(2)   
(3)   
172  $ 

76  $ 
21 
(3)   
7 
(12)   
9 
(1)   
(1)   
96  $ 

45 
10 
(5) 
5 
(7) 
5 
(1) 
(2) 
50 

Temporary differences and carryforwards that created significant deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

Operating lease liabilities

Workers’ compensation, general and fleet liabilities

Financing lease and other long term liabilities

Net operating loss carryforwards

Other deferred tax assets

Total gross deferred tax assets

Less valuation allowance

Total net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Property and equipment

Operating lease assets
Inventories

Intangibles

Financing lease and other long term liabilities

Other deferred tax liabilities

Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

$ 

77  $ 

47 

109 

37 

108 

378 

(10)   

368 

(220)   

(73)   
(16)   

(296)   

(46)   

(10)   
(661)   

$ 

(293)  $ 

70 

43 

80 

48 

114 

355 

(16) 

339 

(166) 

(66) 
(40) 

(304) 

(45) 

(16) 
(637) 

(298) 

The net deferred tax liabilities presented in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets were as follows: 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets
Noncurrent deferred tax liability
Net deferred tax liability

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

(293)   
(293)  $ 

— 
(298) 
(298) 

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company had tax affected state net operating loss carryforwards of $37 million as of December 30, 2023. The Company’s 
net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows:

2024-2028
2029-2033
2034-2038
2039-2043
Indefinite

State

12 
7 
5 
11 
2 
37 

$ 

$ 

The Company also has state credit carryforwards of $14 million.

The U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards in the income tax returns filed included unrecognized tax benefits 
taken in prior years. The net operating losses for which a deferred tax asset is recognized for financial statement purposes in 
accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, are presented net of these unrecognized tax benefits.

Because of the change of ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, use of a portion of the Company’s domestic net 
operating  losses  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  may  be  limited  in  future  periods.  Further,  a  portion  of  the  carryforwards  may 
expire before being applied to reduce future income tax liabilities.

The  Company  maintained  a  valuation  allowance  on  certain  state  net  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  expected  to 
expire unutilized as a result of insufficient forecasted taxable income in the carryforward period or the utilization of which is 
subject to limitation. 

A summary of the activity in the valuation allowance for the fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 is as follows:

Balance as of beginning of year

Benefit recognized
Balance as of end of year

2023

2022

2021

$ 

$ 

16  $ 
(6)   
10  $ 

28 
(12)   
16  $ 

35 
(7) 
28 

The calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves uncertainties in the application of complex tax laws and regulations in 
U.S. federal and state jurisdictions. The Company (1) records unrecognized tax benefits as liabilities in accordance with ASC 
740,  Income  Taxes  and  (2)  adjusts  these  liabilities  when  the  Company’s  judgment  changes  because  of  the  evaluation  of  new 
information  not  previously  available.  Because  of  the  complexity  of  some  of  these  uncertainties,  the  ultimate  resolution  may 
result  in  a  payment  that  is  materially  different  from  the  current  estimate  of  liabilities  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits.  These 
differences will be reflected as increases or decreases to income tax expense in the period in which new information is available. 
The  Company  recognizes  an  uncertain  tax  position  when  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  position  will  be  sustained  upon 
examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits.

Reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021 was as 
follows:

Balance at January 2, 2021

Gross increases due to positions taken in prior years
Gross decreases due to positions taken in prior years
Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations
Decreases due to settlements with taxing authorities

Balance at January 1, 2022

Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations

Balance at January 1, 2023

Decreases due to lapses of statute of limitations

Balance at December 30, 2023

39 
5 
(2) 
(5) 
(5) 
32 

(2) 

30 

(4) 

26 

$ 

$ 

The  Company  estimates  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  liability  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits  will  decrease  by  up  to 
$15 million in the next 12 months as a result of the completion of various tax audits currently in process and the expiration of 
the statute of limitations in several jurisdictions.

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included  in  the  balance  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  as  of  the  end  of  fiscal  years  2023,  2022  and  2021  was  $24  million, 
$27  million  and  $28  million,  respectively,  of  tax  benefits  that,  if  recognized,  would  affect  the  effective  income  tax  rate.  The 
Company recognizes interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and penalties in operating expenses. The 
Company had accrued interest and penalties of approximately $9 million and $8 million as of December 30, 2023 and December 
31, 2022, respectively.

The  Company  files  U.S.  federal  and  state  income  tax  returns  in  jurisdictions  with  varying  statutes  of  limitations.  Our  2007 
through 2018 and 2020 through 2022 U.S. federal income tax years, and various state income tax years from 2000 through 2022, 
remain subject to income tax examinations by the relevant taxing authorities. Prior to 2007, the Company was owned by Royal 
Ahold N.V. (“Ahold”). Ahold indemnified the Company for 2007 pre-closing consolidated U.S. federal and certain combined 
state income taxes, and the Company is responsible for all other taxes, interest and penalties. 

22.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Purchase Commitments—The Company enters into purchase orders with vendors and other parties in the ordinary course of 
business and has a limited number of purchase contracts with certain vendors that require it to buy a predetermined volume of 
products. The Company had $1,110 million of purchase orders and purchase contract commitments as of December 30, 2023 to 
be purchased beginning in fiscal year 2024 and continuing through fiscal year 2028 and $101 million of information technology 
commitments through May 2028 that are not recorded in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The  Company  has  entered  into  various  minimum  volume  purchase  agreements  at  various  pricing  terms.    Minimum  amounts 
committed to as of December 30, 2023 totaled approximately  $2.75 billion.  Minimum amounts committed to by year are as 
follows:

2024

2025

2026

2027

2028

Amount

(In millions)

$ 

875 

925 

950 

— 

— 

To minimize fuel price risk, the Company enters into forward purchase commitments for a portion of its projected diesel fuel 
requirements. The Company had diesel fuel forward purchase commitments totaling $33 million through December 2024, as of 
December 30, 2023. Additionally, the Company had electricity forward purchase commitments totaling $5 million through July 
2025, as of December 30, 2023. The Company does not measure its forward purchase commitments for fuel and electricity at 
fair value, as the amounts under contract meet the physical delivery criteria in the normal purchase exception.

Legal Proceedings—The Company is subject to a number of legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business. These 
legal proceedings, whether pending, threatened or unasserted, if decided adversely to or settled by the Company, may result in 
liabilities material to its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The Company has recognized provisions with 
respect to the proceedings, where appropriate, in its Consolidated Balance Sheets. It is possible that the Company could settle 
one or more of these proceedings or could be required to make expenditures, in excess of the established provisions, in amounts 
that cannot be reasonably estimated. However, the Company, at present, believes that the ultimate outcome of these proceedings 
will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

23.  US FOODS HOLDING CORP. CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

These condensed parent company financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial 
statements.  Under  terms  of  the  agreements  governing  its  indebtedness,  the  net  assets  of  USF  are  restricted  from  being 
transferred to US Foods in the form of loans, advances or dividends with the exception of income tax payments, share-based 
compensation  settlements  and  minor  administrative  costs.  USF  had  $2.0  billion  of  restricted  payment  capacity  under  these 
covenants,  and  approximately  $2.8  billion  of  its  net  assets  were  restricted  after  taking  into  consideration  the  net  deferred  tax 
assets  and  intercompany  balances  that  eliminate  in  consolidation,  as  of  December  30,  2023.  See  Note  16,  Share-Based 
Compensation, Common Stock Issuances and Common Stock, for a discussion of the Company’s equity-related transactions. In 
the  condensed  parent  company  financial  statements  below,  the  investment  in  the  operating  subsidiary,  USF,  is  accounted  for 
using the equity method.

74

 
 
 
 
Condensed Parent Company Balance Sheets
(In millions, except par value)

ASSETS

Investment in subsidiary
Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 22)
Mezzanine equity:

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

$ 

$ 

4,748  $ 
2 
4,750  $ 

3  $ 
1 
4 

4,492 
4 
4,496 

— 
1 
1 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value—25 shares authorized; 
   0 and 0.5 issued and outstanding as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022

Shareholders’ Equity

 Common stock, $0.01 par value—600 shares authorized;
 253 and 225 issued and outstanding as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022  
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury Stock, 7.8 and .5 shares, respectively

Total shareholders’ equity
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity

$ 

— 

534 

3 
3,663 
1,509 
(115)   
(314)   
4,746 
4,750  $ 

2 
3,036 
1,010 
(73) 
(14) 
3,961 
4,496 

Condensed Parent Company Statements of Comprehensive Income

December 30, 
2023

Fiscal Years Ended
December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 
— 
506 
506 

(43)   
1 
464  $ 
506  $ 

(7)   

499  $ 

— 
— 
265 
265 

(54)   
— 

211  $ 
265  $ 

(37)   

228  $ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

— 

(4) 
4 
160 
164 

10 
5 
179 
164 

(43) 

121 

Income before income taxes

Income tax benefit
Income before equity in net earnings of subsidiary
Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

     Net income

Other comprehensive income—net of tax:

Changes in retirement benefit obligations
Unrecognized (loss) gain on interest rate hedges
     Comprehensive income

Net income

Series A convertible preferred stock dividends

Net income available to common shareholders

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Parent Company Statements of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by operating activities:

Equity in net earnings of subsidiary

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

decrease in other assets

Net cash used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Investment in subsidiary

Net cash provided by investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Dividends paid on Series A convertible preferred stock

Repurchase of common stock

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—beginning of year

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—end of year

24.  BUSINESS INFORMATION 

December 30, 
2023

Fiscal Years Ended
December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

$ 

506  $ 

265  $ 

164 

(506) 

(265) 

(160) 

— 
— 

301 

301 

(7) 
(294)   
(301) 

— 

— 

— 
— 

51 

51 

(37) 
(14)   
(51) 

— 

— 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(4) 
— 

28 

28 

(28) 
— 
(28) 

— 

— 

— 

The  Company’s  consolidated  results  represent  the  results  of  its  one  business  segment  based  on  how  the  Company’s  chief 
operating decision maker, the Chief Executive Officer, views the business for purposes of evaluating performance and making 
operating decisions.

The  Company  markets,  sells,  and  distributes  fresh,  frozen  and  dry  food  and  non-food  products  to  foodservice  customers 
throughout the U.S. The Company uses a centralized management structure, and its strategies and initiatives are implemented 
and executed consistently across the organization to maximize value to the organization as a whole. The Company uses shared 
resources  for  sales,  procurement,  and  general  and  administrative  activities  across  each  of  its  distribution  facilities  and 
operations.  The  Company’s  distribution  facilities  form  a  single  network  to  reach  its  customers;  it  is  common  for  a  single 
customer to make purchases from several different distribution facilities. Capital projects, whether for cost savings or generating 
incremental revenue, are evaluated based on estimated economic returns to the organization as a whole.

No  single  customer  accounted  for  more  than  2%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  sales  in  fiscal  year  2023,  3%  of  the 
Company’s  consolidated  net  sales  in  fiscal  year  2022  and  2%  of  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  sales  in  fiscal  year  2021. 
However,  customers  who  are  members  of  one  group  purchasing  organization  accounted,  in  the  aggregate,  for  approximately 
14% of the Company’s consolidated net sales in fiscal year 2023, 12% of the Company’s consolidated net sales in fiscal year 
2022 and 11% of the Company’s consolidated net sales for fiscal year 2021.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Share Repurchase Program—For the fiscal month ending February 3, 2024, the Company repurchased 283,988 shares at an 
aggregate  purchase  price  of  approximately  $13  million  under  the  program.  At  February  1,  2024,  there  was  approximately 
$179 million in remaining funds authorized under this program.

77

Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 30, 2023, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, an evaluation was carried out under the supervision 
and with the participation of US Foods Holding Corp.’s management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial 
Officer, of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based 
upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures  were  effective  to  ensure  that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  in  the  reports  we  file  with  the  SEC  is  recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that information required to be 
disclosed  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the  Company’s  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief 
Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting dated February 15, 2024

Management  of  US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934.  The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  accounting 
principles generally accepted in the U.S. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of 
the  Company,  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being 
made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  Company,  and  (iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  the  Company’s  assets  that  could  have  a 
material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting includes the controls themselves, monitoring and internal auditing practices, and actions taken 
to correct deficiencies as identified. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or 
detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  30,  2023. 
Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control—
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Management’s 
assessment  included  an  evaluation  of  the  design  of  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  testing  of  the 
operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the 
Audit Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Based on this assessment, management determined that, as of December 30, 2023, the Company maintained effective internal control 
over financial reporting. Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which audited and reported on the 
consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this report, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 30, 2023.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal quarter ended December 30, 2023 that have 
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

78

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of US Foods Holding Corp. 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We  have  audited  the  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  of  US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  and  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of 
December  30,  2023,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, 
effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  30,  2023,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 30, 2023, of the Company and our report dated 
February 15, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

Basis for Opinion 

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of 
the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control 
over Financial Reporting dated February 15, 2024. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent 
with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such 
other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a  reasonable  basis  for  our 
opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Chicago, Illinois
February 15, 2024

79

Item 9B.     Other Information

No Adoption or Termination of Trading Arrangements

During the three months ended December 30, 2023, no director or executive officer of the Company adopted or terminated a “Rule 
10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K.

Item 9C.     Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

80

Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III

The information required by this item with respect to members of the Board of Directors and with respect to the Audit Committee will 
be included in our definitive proxy statement for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (our “2024 Proxy Statement”) under the 
captions  “Election  of  Directors”,  “Delinquent  Section  16(a)  Reports”,  and  “Corporate  Governance-Meetings  of  the  Board  and  its 
Committees-Audit  Committee”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.  The  information  required  by  this  item  with  respect  to  our 
Code  of  Conduct  will  be  included  in  our  2024  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption  “Corporate  Governance-Corporate  Governance 
Materials” and is incorporated herein by reference. See Item 1 of Part I, “Business-Information about our Executive Officers” for the 
information required by this item with respect to our executive officers.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

The information required by this item will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation Discussion and 
Analysis,” “Compensation and Human Capital Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation” and is 
incorporated herein by reference, provided that the Compensation and Human Capital Committee Report shall not be deemed to be 
“filed” with this Annual Report.

Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The  information  required  by  this  item  with  respect  to  security  ownership  of  certain  beneficial  owners  and  management  will  be 
included in our 2024 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors, and Officers” 
and is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by this item with respect to securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is presented 
below.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans as of December 30, 2023:

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans 
approved by stockholders

Equity compensation plans 
not approved by stockholders

Total

Number of shares 
to be issued upon exercise of 
outstanding options,
restricted warrants and rights(1)

Weighted-average exercise price 
of shares underlying
outstanding options, warrants 
and rights(2)

Number of shares remaining 
available for future issuance 
under equity compensation plans 
(excluding shares reflected 
in column (a))(3)

5,899,189 

—

5,899,189

25.24

—

25.24

6,644,521 

—

6,644,521

(1)   This number consists of 73,974 shares subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding 
Corp. and its Affiliates, 993,336 shares subject to outstanding awards under the 2016 US Foods Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan, and 4,831,879 
shares subject to outstanding awards under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 Plan”). 

(2)  This weighted-average exercise price is calculated based on the exercise prices of outstanding Options and does not reflect the shares that will be issued 

upon the vesting of outstanding RSUs, which have no exercise price.

(3)  This number consists of 6,272,971 shares available for issuance under the 2019 Plan, and 371,550 shares reserved for issuance under the employee stock 

purchase plan. 

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  in  our  2024  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions  “Election  of  Directors,” 
“Corporate Governance” and “Related Party Transactions” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.     Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated herein by reference.

81

   
 
Item 15.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)  1.  Financial Statements:

Part IV

The following financial statements of US Foods Holding Corp. and subsidiaries are included in Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 30, 2023 and December 31, 2022 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 

and January 1, 2022

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and 

January 1, 2022

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended December 30, 2023, December 31, 2022 and January 1, 

2022

2.  Financial Statement Schedules

37
39

40

41

42

Schedules have been omitted because they are inapplicable, not required, or the information is included elsewhere in the 
financial statements or notes thereto.

3.  Exhibits 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report or are incorporated by reference.

Exhibit No.

Description

  3.1

  3.2

  4.1

  4.2

  4.3

  4.4

  4.5

  4.6

  4.7

  4.8

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of US Foods Holding Corp., effective as of May 18, 2023 (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 18, 2023).

Amended and Restated Bylaws of US Foods Holding Corp., effective as of November 2, 2022 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 7, 2022).

Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2023 by and among US Foods, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time 
party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 25, 2023).

Form  of  6.875%  Senior  Unsecured  Notes  due  2028  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Current 
Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  September  25,  2023  (included  in  the  indenture  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1 
thereto)).

Indenture, dated as of September 25, 2023 by and among US Foods, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time 
party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 
to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 25, 2023).

Form  of  7.250%  Senior  Unsecured  Notes  due  2032  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.3  to  the  Current 
Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  September  25,  2023  (included  in  the  indenture  filed  as  Exhibit  4.3 
thereto)).

Indenture, dated as of February 4, 2021, by and among US Foods, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time 
party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 4, 2021).

Form of 4.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report 
on  Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 4, 2021 (included in the indenture filed as Exhibit 4.1 thereto)).  

Indenture, dated as of November 22, 2021 by and among US Foods, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors from time to time 
party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and as collateral agent (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 24, 2021).

Form  of  4.625%  Senior  Secured  Notes  due  2030  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the  Current 
Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  SEC  on  November  24,  2021  (included  in  the  indenture  filed  as  Exhibit  4.1 
thereto)).

82

 
Exhibit No.
  4.9

Description
Description of Securities of US Foods Holding Corp. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Annual 
Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 16, 2021).

  10.1.1

  10.1.2

  10.1.3

  10.1.4

  10.2.1

  10.2.2

  10.2.3

  10.2.4

  10.2.5

  10.2.6

  10.2.7

  10.2.8

  10.2.9

  10.2.10

ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2019, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Borrowers party thereto, 
the Lenders and Issuing Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 4, 2019).

Amendment No. 1 to the ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of August 7, 2019, by and among US Foods, Inc. and its 
subsidiaries  party  thereto  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 5, 2019).

Additional Revolving Credit Amendment and Agreement, dated as of May 4, 2020, among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Borrowers  party  thereto,  the  Lenders  party  thereto  and  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  National  Association,  as  administrative 
agent and collateral agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the SEC on May 6, 2020).

Amendment  No.  3  dated  as  of  December  7,  2022,  among  US  Foods,  Inc.,  the  other  Loan  Parties  party  thereto,  the 
Lenders and Issuing Lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and 
collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on 
December 13 2022).

Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  11,  2011,  by  and  among  US  Foods,  Inc.  (f/k/a/  U.S.  Foodservice,  Inc.),  the 
Lenders  party  thereto  and  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.28  to  the 
Registration Statement on Form S-4 of US Foods, Inc. filed with the SEC on December 28, 2012).

First Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2013, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Loan 
Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  Lenders  and  other  financial  institutions  party  thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28.2 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 
of US Foods, Inc. filed with the SEC on July 12, 2013).

Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2016, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Loan 
Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  Lenders  and  other  financial  institutions  party  thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 28, 
2016).

Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2017, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Loan Parties party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc. and the Lenders and other financial institutions party thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 
17, 2017).

Fourth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Loan Parties party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc. and the Lenders and other financial institutions party thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 
6, 2017).

Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2018, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Loan 
Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  Lenders  and  other  financial  institutions  party  thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 25, 
2018).

Sixth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of September 13, 2019, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Loan  Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  Lenders  party  thereto  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 13, 2019).

Seventh  Amendment  to  the  Credit  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  26,  2019,  by  and  among  US  Foods,  Inc.,  the 
other  Loan  Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.,  Citibank,  N.A.  and  the  Lenders  party  thereto 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 
27, 2019).

Eighth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of April 24 2020, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other Loan 
Parties party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc. and the lenders party thereto (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 24, 2020).

Ninth Amendment to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2021, by and among US Foods, Inc., the other 
Loan  Parties  party  thereto,  Citicorp  North  America,  Inc.  and  the  lenders  party  thereto  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 24, 2021).

83

Exhibit No.

  10.2.11

Tenth Amendment to Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Ex 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
June 2, 2023).

Description

  10.2.12

Eleventh Amendment to Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Ex 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
on August 22, 2023).

  10.3*

  10.4*

  10.5*

  10.6*

  10.7*

  10.8*

  10.9*

  10.10*

  10.11*

  10.12*

  10.13*

  10.14*

  10.15*

  10.16*

US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  Annual  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 7, 2019).

2007  Stock  Incentive  Plan  for  Key  Employees  of  USF  Holding  Corp.  and  its  Affiliates  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of US Foods, Inc. filed with the SEC on May 31, 2013).

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key Employees of USF Holding Corp. and 
its Affiliates (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of US Foods, Inc. 
filed with the SEC on May 31, 2013).

Form of Omnibus Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option Agreements under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan for Key 
Employees of USF Holding Corp. and its Affiliates (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.55 to the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 8, 2016).

2016 US Foods Holding Corp. Omnibus Incentive Plan, including forms of award agreements (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on June 1, 2016).

US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Appendix  B  to  the 
Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 20, 2019).

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under the US Foods Holding Corp. 
2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q filed with the SEC on May 7, 2019).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement (for Time-Based Restricted Stock Units Awards Granted 
pre-March  2020)  under  the  US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 7, 2019).

Form  of  Option  Grant  Notice  and  Agreement  (for  Time-Based  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Awards  Granted  pre-
March 2020) under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 7, 2019).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for Time-Based Restricted Stock 
Unit Awards) under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 5, 2020).

Form of Option Grant Notice and Option Agreement (for Time-Based Non-Qualified Stock Option Awards) under the 
US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 5, 2020).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for Performance-Based Restricted 
Stock Unit Awards) under the US Foods Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 10, 2021).

Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement 
(Settlement  upon  Separation  of  Service)  under  the  US  Foods  Holding  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 
4, 2020).

Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement 
(Settlement upon Vesting) under the US Foods Holding Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 4, 2020).

  10.17*

US Foods Holding Corp. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated herein by reference to 
Appendix B of the Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 16, 2018).

  10.18*

Offer Letter, dated as of January 27, 2017, by and between US Foods, Inc. and Dirk J. Locascio (incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10.53 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2017).

84

Exhibit No.
  10.19*

Form  of  Amended  and  Restated  Executive  Severance  Agreement  by  and  between  US  Foods,  Inc.  and  each  of  its 
executive officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the 
SEC on January 8, 2018).

Description

  10.20*

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (for  3-year  Performance-Based 
Restricted  Stock  Unit  Awards)  under  the  US  Foods  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12, 2022)

  10.21

Cooperation  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  9,  2022,  between  US  Holding  Corp.  and  Sachem  Head  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2022)

  10.22*

Letter  Agreement  by  and  between  US  Holding  Corp.  and  Andrew  Iacobucci,  dated  May  9,  2022  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 10, 2022).

  10.23*

Letter Agreement by and between US Foods, Inc. and Dirk Locascio, dated June 19, 2022 (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2022).

  10.24*

  10.25*

Form  of  Award  Agreement  Amendment  Letter  under  the  US  Foods  Corp.  2019  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  by  and 
between  US  Holding  Corp.  and  each  of  its  executive  officers  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.4  to  the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2022).

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (CEO Retention Awards) under the 
US Foods Corp. 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on August 11, 2022).

  10.26*

Offer  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  David  Flitman,  dated  November  22,  2022  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 28, 2022)

  10.27*

  10.28*

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  David  Flitman 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 28, 
2022)

Form  of  Performance-Based  Restricted  Stock  Unit  Grant  Notice  and  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and 
David Flitman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on 
November 28, 2022)

  10.29*

Executive  Severance  Agreement  by  and  between  the  Company  and  David  Flitman  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 28, 2022)

  21.1

  23.1

  31.1

  31.2

  32.1

  32.2

  97*

  101

  104

List of Subsidiaries of US Foods Holding Corp.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification  of  the  Chief  Financial  Officer,  pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as 
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Clawback Policy

Interactive Data File.

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

* 

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit pursuant to Item 15(b) 
of Form 10-K.

85

Item 16.     Form 10-K Summary

None.

86

SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly 
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

US FOODS HOLDING CORP.
(Registrant)

/s/ DAVID E. FLITMAN

By:
Name: David E. Flitman
Title:

Chief Executive Officer (Principal 
Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date:

February 15, 2024

Signature

/s/ DAVID E. FLITMAN
David E. Flitman

/s/ DIRK J. LOCASCIO
Dirk J. Locascio

/s/ CHERYL A. BACHELDER
Cheryl A. Bachelder

/s/ JAMES J. BARBER, JR
James J. Barber, JR

/s/ ROBERT M. DUTKOWSKY
Robert M. Dutkowsky

/s/ SCOTT D. FERGUSON
Scott D. Ferguson

/s/ MARLA GOTTSCHALK
Marla Gottschalk
/s/SUNIL GUPTA
Sunil Gupta

/s/ CARL ANDREW PFORZHEIMER
Carl Andrew Pforzheimer
/s/ QUENTIN ROACH
Quentin Roach
/s/ DAVID M. TEHLE
David M. Tehle

/s/ DAVID A. TOY
David A. Toy

/s/ ANN E. ZIEGLER
Ann E. Ziegler

Title

Date

Chief Executive Officer and Director

February 15, 2024

     (Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal  
Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

Director and Board Chair

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

February 15, 2024

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

87

APPENDIX A

US FOODS HOLDING CORP. NON-GAAP RECONCILIATION (UNAUDITED)

($ in millions, except share and per share data)

Net income (loss) (GAAP)

Interest expense—net

Income tax provision (benefit)

Depreciation expense

Amortization expense

EBITDA (Non-GAAP)

Adjustments:

Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges(1)

Share-based compensation expense(2)

LIFO reserve adjustments(3)

Loss on extinguishment of debt(4)

Business transformation costs(5)

COVID-19 bad debt (benefit) expense(6)

COVID-19 product donations and inventory adjustment (7)

COVID-19 other related expenses(8)

Business acquisition and integration related costs and other(9)

Adjusted EBITDA (Non-GAAP)

Diluted EPS (GAAP)

Restructuring costs and asset impairment charges(1)

Share-based compensation expense(2)

LIFO reserve adjustments(3)

Loss on extinguishment of debt(4)

Business transformation costs(5)

COVID-19 bad debt (benefit) expense(6)

COVID-19 product donations and inventory adjustments(7)

COVID-19 other related expenses(8)

For the year ended

Consolidated US Foods

December 30, 
2023

December 31, 
2022

January 1, 
2022

January 2, 
2021(12)

$ 

506  $ 

265  $ 

164  $ 

(226) 

324

172

349

46

255

96

327

45

213

50

323

55

238

(68)

343

79

$ 

1,397  $ 

988  $ 

805  $ 

366 

14

56

(1) 

21

28

—

—

—

44

12

45

147

—

52

—

—

—

66

11

48

165

23

22

(15)

—

3

(5)

39

40

25

—

22

47

50

13

46

$ 

$ 

1,559  $ 

1,310  $ 

1,057  $ 

648 

2.02  $ 

1.01  $ 

0.54  $ 

(1.15) 

0.06

0.22

— 

0.08  

0.11

—   

—   

—   

0.05

0.18

0.59

— 

0.21

—   

—   

— 

0.04

0.19

0.66

0.09  

0.09

(0.06)   

— 

0.01

0.18

0.18

0.11

— 

0.10

0.21 

0.23

0.06

0.21 

0.09

0.22 

Business acquisition and integration related costs and other(9)

0.18

0.26  

(0.02)   

Income tax provision (benefit), as adjusted(10)

(0.04)   

(0.16) 

0.01

Adjusted Diluted EPS (Non-GAAP)(11)

$ 

2.63  $ 

2.14  $ 

1.55  $ 

Weighted-average diluted shares outstanding (Non-GAAP)(12)

  249,984,664    251,231,662    249,886,068    219,838,120 

 
 
 
 
 
 
APPENDIX A

(1) Consists primarily of severance and related costs associated with organizational realignment and other impairment charges. For fiscal year 

2022, also consists of the write-off of old leases ROU asset and lease liability of $9 million associated with entering into new lease agreements 
for four distribution facilities.

(2) Share-based compensation expense for expected vesting of stock awards and employee stock purchase plan.

(3) Represents the impact of LIFO reserve adjustments.

(4)

Includes early redemption premium and the write-off of certain pre-existing debt issuance costs.

(5) Transformational costs represent non-recurring expenses prior to formal launch of strategic projects with anticipated long-term benefits to the 
Company. These costs generally relate to third party consulting and non-capitalizable construction or technology. For fiscal year 2023, 
business transformation costs related to projects associated with information technology infrastructure initiatives. For fiscal year 2022, 
business transformation costs consisted of new facility openings, supply chain strategy improvements, and information technology 
infrastructure initiatives. For fiscal year 2021 and fiscal year 2020, business transformation costs consisted primarily of costs related to 
significant process and systems redesign across multiple functions.

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

Includes the changes in the reserve for doubtful accounts expense reflecting the collection risk associated with our customer base as a result 
of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Includes COVID-19 related expenses related to inventory adjustments and product donations.

Includes COVID-19 related costs that we are permitted to add back under certain agreements governing our indebtedness.

Includes: (i) aggregate acquisition and integration related costs of $41 million for fiscal year 2023, $22 million for fiscal year 2022, $22 million 
for fiscal year 2021, and $45 million for fiscal year 2020; (ii) CEO sign on bonus of $3 million for fiscal year 2023; (iii) contested proxy and 
related legal and consulting costs of $21 million for fiscal year 2022 and favorable legal settlement recoveries of $29 million for fiscal year 
2021; (iv) CEO severance of $5 million for fiscal year 2022; and (v) other gains, losses or costs that we are permitted to add back for purposes 
of calculating Adjusted EBITDA under certain agreements governing our indebtedness.

(10) Represents our income tax provision (benefit) adjusted for the tax effect of pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted net income and the removal 
of applicable discrete tax items. Applicable discrete tax items include changes in tax laws or rates, changes related to prior year unrecognized 
tax benefits, discrete changes in valuation allowances, and excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation. The tax effect of 
pre-tax items excluded from Adjusted net income is computed using a statutory tax rate after taking into account the impact of permanent 
differences and valuation allowances. 

(11) Adjusted Diluted EPS is calculated as Adjusted net income divided by weighted average diluted shares outstanding (Non-GAAP).

(12) For purposes of the Adjusted Diluted EPS calculation (Non-GAAP), when the Company has net income (GAAP), weighted average diluted 

shares outstanding (non-GAAP) is used and assumes conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock and, when the Company has net 
loss (GAAP) and assumed conversion of the Series A convertible preferred stock would be antidilutive, weighted-average diluted shares 
outstanding (GAAP) is used.

Net Debt and Net Leverage Ratios

($ in millions, except ratios)

Total Debt (GAAP)

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Net Debt (Non-GAAP)

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Net Leverage Ratio(2)

(1) Trailing Twelve Months (TTM) Adjusted EBITDA

(2) Net Debt/TTM Adjusted EBITDA

December 30, 2023

December 31, 2022

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,674  $ 

(269)  $ 

4,854 

(211) 

4,405.00  $ 

4,643.00 

1,559.00  $ 

1,310.00 

2.8   

3.5 

 
by 23%. Creating a supportive and inclusive 

by 23%. Creating a supportive and inclusive 

PROFIT:

PROFIT:

workplace is also key to our success, and 

workplace is also key to our success, and 

Driving margin, productivity and optimization 

Driving margin, productivity and optimization 

we increased our diverse talent pipeline by 

we increased our diverse talent pipeline by 

are the key tenets of our Profit pillar. We are 

are the key tenets of our Profit pillar. We are 

filling 51% of new or open leadership roles 

filling 51% of new or open leadership roles 

focused on growing our Exclusive Brands to 

focused on growing our Exclusive Brands to 

with women or people of color, exceeding 

with women or people of color, exceeding 

drive margin expansion. And our new flexible 

drive margin expansion. And our new flexible 

our 40% goal. We also remain steadfast and 

our 40% goal. We also remain steadfast and 

schedules in our distribution centers are 

schedules in our distribution centers are 

responsible stewards of our planet, including 

responsible stewards of our planet, including 

reducing costs associated with turnover 

reducing costs associated with turnover 

our commitment to reducing absolute 

our commitment to reducing absolute 

and helping us accelerate productivity. 

and helping us accelerate productivity. 

Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) 

Scope 1 and Scope 2 greenhouse gas (GHG) 

Addressing costs of goods sold, managing 

Addressing costs of goods sold, managing 

emissions by 32.5% by 2032 from our 2019 

emissions by 32.5% by 2032 from our 2019 

pricing to help neutralize commodity volatility, 

pricing to help neutralize commodity volatility, 

climate goal base year and offering more 

climate goal base year and offering more 

optimizing indirect spend and enhancing our 

optimizing indirect spend and enhancing our 

sustainable and well-being Exclusive Brands 

sustainable and well-being Exclusive Brands 

Supply Chain operations also contributed to 

Supply Chain operations also contributed to 

products and Serve Good® responsible 

products and Serve Good® responsible 

increased Gross profit of 11.9% to $6.1 billion 

increased Gross profit of 11.9% to $6.1 billion 

disposable products. 

disposable products. 

SERVICE:

SERVICE:

We are dedicated to providing our customers 

We are dedicated to providing our customers 

with services that are reliable, efficient and 

with services that are reliable, efficient and 

easy to use. Our customer service levels 

easy to use. Our customer service levels 

in 2023. As a result of our strategies, we grew 

in 2023. As a result of our strategies, we grew 

Adjusted EBITDA 19.0% to a record $1.56 

Adjusted EBITDA 19.0% to a record $1.56 

billion and drove record EBITDA per case 

billion and drove record EBITDA per case 

while expanding Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

while expanding Adjusted EBITDA Margin 

by 53 basis points to 4.4%. 

by 53 basis points to 4.4%. 

are now in line with pre-Covid levels as we 

are now in line with pre-Covid levels as we 

We also maintain a disciplined approach to

We also maintain a disciplined approach to

worked closely with our vendors to deliver 

worked closely with our vendors to deliver 

capital deployment. We reduced Net Debt by

capital deployment. We reduced Net Debt by

consistent service. We are also taking 

consistent service. We are also taking 

$238 million, reducing our leverage to 2.8 times,

$238 million, reducing our leverage to 2.8 times,

proactive steps to further improve routing 

proactive steps to further improve routing 

well within our stated range of 2.5-3.0 times.

well within our stated range of 2.5-3.0 times.

efficiency and reduce miles driven, while 

efficiency and reduce miles driven, while 

And we made significant progress in our $500

And we made significant progress in our $500

increasing cases per mile. In fact, in 2023, we 

increasing cases per mile. In fact, in 2023, we 

million share repurchase program, purchasing

million share repurchase program, purchasing

delivered our best cases per mile in company 

delivered our best cases per mile in company 

approximately $300 million in 2023.

approximately $300 million in 2023.

history. Importantly, we boosted our digital 

history. Importantly, we boosted our digital 

leadership position through our new MOXē™

leadership position through our new MOXē™

ecommerce platform that enables customers 

ecommerce platform that enables customers 

to place orders, manage inventory and check 

to place orders, manage inventory and check 

DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDER:

DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDER:

In January 2023, I had the honor of joining 

In January 2023, I had the honor of joining 

US Foods® as Chief Executive Officer. After 

US Foods® as Chief Executive Officer. After 

more than a full year with this great company, 

more than a full year with this great company, 

I am even more confident and excited about 

I am even more confident and excited about 

our future. I attribute this confidence to the 

our future. I attribute this confidence to the 

strong momentum we created by delivering 

strong momentum we created by delivering 

against our long-range plan and to our 

against our long-range plan and to our 

30,000 dedicated associates who bring their 

30,000 dedicated associates who bring their 

foodservice expertise and tireless dedication 

foodservice expertise and tireless dedication 

to work every day.  

to work every day.  

“AFTER MORE THAN A FULL 

“AFTER MORE THAN A FULL 

YEAR WITH THIS GREAT 

YEAR WITH THIS GREAT 

COMPANY, I AM EVEN MORE 

COMPANY, I AM EVEN MORE 

CONFIDENT AND EXCITED 

CONFIDENT AND EXCITED 

ABOUT OUR FUTURE.”

ABOUT OUR FUTURE.”

At US Foods, our promise is to help our

At US Foods, our promise is to help our

invoices all from the palm of their hand, while 

invoices all from the palm of their hand, while 

customers Make It. We achieve this by focusing

customers Make It. We achieve this by focusing

freeing up time for our sales teams to further 

freeing up time for our sales teams to further 

on four key strategic pillars that I announced

on four key strategic pillars that I announced

accelerate growth. We have now embedded 

accelerate growth. We have now embedded 

in 2023 to drive value for our customers, 

in 2023 to drive value for our customers, 

the MOXē™ platform across 100% of our 

the MOXē™ platform across 100% of our 

associates and you, our shareholders.

associates and you, our shareholders.

local restaurant business and approximately 

local restaurant business and approximately 

50% of our national chain business.

50% of our national chain business.

CULTURE:

CULTURE:

We are committed to the safety of our

We are committed to the safety of our

GROWTH:

GROWTH:

associates and made significant strides

associates and made significant strides

In 2023, we drove Net sales growth of 4.5%. 

In 2023, we drove Net sales growth of 4.5%. 

that we will share in June.   

that we will share in June.   

in 2023 to reduce the number of vehicle

in 2023 to reduce the number of vehicle

We exceeded our 1.5x restaurant market 

We exceeded our 1.5x restaurant market 

accidents and associate injuries across our

accidents and associate injuries across our

growth and grew independent cases by 

growth and grew independent cases by 

facilities, improving overall safety performance

facilities, improving overall safety performance

6.9% in 2023, consistently gaining share 

6.9% in 2023, consistently gaining share 

In closing, I am pleased with our progress in 

In closing, I am pleased with our progress in 

2023 as we executed the four pillars of our 

2023 as we executed the four pillars of our 

strategy, which is driving increased safety, 

strategy, which is driving increased safety, 

productivity and profitability – all as we live 

productivity and profitability – all as we live 

our Cultural Beliefs as a company. Even with 

our Cultural Beliefs as a company. Even with 

this tremendous progress, we have a long 

this tremendous progress, we have a long 

runway of profitable growth and shareholder 

runway of profitable growth and shareholder 

returns in front of us. I look forward to even 

returns in front of us. I look forward to even 

greater success as we complete our current 

greater success as we complete our current 

long-range plan by the end of 2024 and 

long-range plan by the end of 2024 and 

embark on our next exciting long-range plan 

embark on our next exciting long-range plan 

It is a true honor to serve as CEO of this great

It is a true honor to serve as CEO of this great

company, and I greatly value your support. We

company, and I greatly value your support. We

are in a strong position today, and I believe we

are in a strong position today, and I believe we

have sustainable competitive advantages to

have sustainable competitive advantages to

outperform the market well into the future as we

outperform the market well into the future as we

continue to do what we do best – helping our

continue to do what we do best – helping our

customers Make It every day. Thank you for your

customers Make It every day. Thank you for your

continued trust and confidence in US Foods.

continued trust and confidence in US Foods.

Sincerely,

Sincerely,

Dave Flitman

Dave Flitman

Chief Executive Officer 

Chief Executive Officer 

with independent restaurants enabled 

with independent restaurants enabled 

by technology and our service model 

by technology and our service model 

advantages. And, we also grew share in 

advantages. And, we also grew share in 

both Healthcare and Hospitality, largely 

both Healthcare and Hospitality, largely 

by converting our pipeline of customers 

by converting our pipeline of customers 

into new business through innovation, 

into new business through innovation, 

such as our VITALS platform for acute care 

such as our VITALS platform for acute care 

and senior living facilities. To bolster our 

and senior living facilities. To bolster our 

footprint in key markets, we executed two 

footprint in key markets, we executed two 

tuck-in acquisitions: Renzi Foodservice and 

tuck-in acquisitions: Renzi Foodservice and 

Saladino’s Foodservice. And we continued 

Saladino’s Foodservice. And we continued 

to differentiate ourselves through our fresh, 

to differentiate ourselves through our fresh, 

on-trend and labor-saving Scoop™ product 

on-trend and labor-saving Scoop™ product 

innovations and unique team-based selling 

innovations and unique team-based selling 

model featuring our expert Chefs and 

model featuring our expert Chefs and 

Restaurant Operations Consultants.  

Restaurant Operations Consultants.  

U S   F O O D S   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3

U S   F O O D S   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 2 3

All reconciliations to non-GAAP financial measures can

All reconciliations to non-GAAP financial measures can

be found in the sections entitled “Non-GAAP Reconciliations”

be found in the sections entitled “Non-GAAP Reconciliations”

and “Appendix A” herein.

and “Appendix A” herein.

STOCKH OLDER INFOR MAT ION
STOCKH OLDER INFOR MAT ION

Company Headquarters
Company Headquarters
US Foods Holding Corp.
US Foods Holding Corp.
9399 West Higgins Road, Suite 100
9399 West Higgins Road, Suite 100
Rosemont, IL  60018
Rosemont, IL  60018

Auditors
Auditors
Deloitte & Touche, LLP
Deloitte & Touche, LLP
111 South Wacker Drive
111 South Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606
Chicago, IL 60606

Common Stock Listing
Common Stock Listing
The company’s common stock is listed on the  
The company’s common stock is listed on the 
New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol USFD.
New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol USFD.

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Instructions and inquiries regarding transfers, certificates, 
Instructions and inquiries regarding transfers, certificates, 
changes of title or address, consolidation of accounts and 
changes of title or address, consolidation of accounts and 
elimination of multiple mailings should be directed to:
elimination of multiple mailings should be directed to:

Equiniti Trust Company, LLC 
Equiniti Trust Company, LLC  
(f/k/a American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC)
(f/k/a American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC)
48 Wall Street, Floor 23 
48 Wall Street, Floor 23 
New York, NY 10005 
New York, NY 10005 
helpAST@equiniti.com
helpAST@equiniti.com
(800) 468-9716 
(800) 468-9716 

Investor Inquiries
Investor Inquiries
(847) 720-2815 
(847) 720-2815
ir@usfoods.com
ir@usfoods.com

US Foods’ Annual Reports to Shareholders, Annual
US Foods’ Annual Reports to Shareholders, Annual  
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, proxy
Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, proxy 
statements and other filings with the Securities and Exchange
statements and other filings with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, as well as news releases, can be accessed free of 
Commission, as well as news releases, can be accessed free of
charge on the company’s website at https://ir.usfoods.com or 
charge on the company’s website at https://ir.usfoods.com or
by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. 
by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM
EXECUTIVE LEADERSHIP TEAM

BOARD OF DI RECTORS
BOARD OF DI RECTORS

David E. Flitman
David E. Flitman 
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Executive Officer

Dirk J. Locascio
Dirk J. Locascio 
Executive Vice President  
Executive Vice President 
Chief Financial Officer
Chief Financial Officer

Steve Boggan 
Steve Boggan  
Region President
Region President 
Central 
Central 

Steven M. Guberman
Steven M. Guberman 
Executive Vice President
Executive Vice President 
Chief Transformation Officer 
Chief Transformation Officer  
and Nationally Managed Business
and Nationally Managed Business

Martha Ha
Martha Ha 
Executive Vice President and 
Executive Vice President,  
General Counsel 
General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary
William S. Hancock
Executive Vice President 
William S. Hancock 
Chief Supply Chain Officer
Executive Vice President  
Chief Supply Chain Officer
Rick Hausman
Region President
Rick Hausman 
Southeast
Region President 
Southeast

Rob Koppenhaver
Rob Koppenhaver 
Region President
Region President 
Northeast
Northeast

Tim Lewis 
Tim Lewis
Region President
Region President 
West
West

Dave Poe
Dave Poe  
Executive Vice President 
Executive Vice President
Chief Merchant
Chief Merchant

John A. Tonnison
John A. Tonnison 
Executive Vice President 
Executive Vice President  
Chief Information and  
Chief Information and 
Digital Officer
Digital Officer

Randy Taylor 
Randy Taylor  
Executive Vice President
Executive Vice President 
Field Operations and Local Sales
Field Operations and Local Sales

David Works 
David Works  
Executive Vice President 
Executive Vice President  
Chief Human Resources Officer
Chief Human Resources Officer

Robert M. Dutkowsky 
Robert M. Dutkowsky  
Board Chair
Board Chair
Former Chief Executive Officer
Former Chief Executive Officer
Tech Data Corporation 
Tech Data Corporation 

David M. Tehle
David M. Tehle 
Former Executive Vice President 
Former Executive Vice President  
and Chief Financial Officer
and Chief Financial Officer 
Dollar General Corporation
Dollar General Corporation

Cheryl A. Bachelder 
Cheryl A. Bachelder  
Former Chief Executive Officer 
Former Chief Executive Officer  
Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc. 
Popeyes Louisiana Kitchen, Inc.  
and Pier 1 Imports
and Pier 1 Imports

James J. Barber, Jr. 
James J. Barber, Jr.  
Former Chief Operating Officer
Former Chief Operating Officer 
United Parcel Service, Inc.
United Parcel Service, Inc.

David A. Toy 
David A. Toy  
Former Chief Executive Officer 
Former Chief Executive Officer 
Heartisan Foods Inc.
Heartisan Foods Inc.

Ann E. Ziegler 
Ann E. Ziegler
Former Senior Vice President 
Former Senior Vice President  
and Chief Financial Officer
and Chief Financial Officer 
CDW Corporation
CDW Corporation

David E. Flitman 
David E. Flitman
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Executive Officer 
US Foods Holding Corp.
US Foods Holding Corp.

Marla Gottschalk
Marla Gottschalk 
Former Chief Executive Officer 
Former Chief Executive Officer
The Pampered Chef, Ltd. 
The Pampered Chef, Ltd. 

Sunil Gupta
Sunil Gupta 
Edward W. Carter Professor 
Edward W. Carter Professor  
of Business Administration 
of Business Administration
Harvard Business School 
Harvard Business School 

Carl Andrew “Andy” Pforzheimer
Carl Andrew “Andy” Pforzheimer 
Former Co-Chief Executive Officer
Former Co-Chief Executive Officer 
Tastemaker Acquisition Corporation 
Tastemaker Acquisition Corporation 

Quentin Roach
Quentin Roach 
Senior Vice President 
Senior Vice President  
and Chief Procurement Officer
and Chief Procurement Officer 
Estee Lauder Companies 
Estee Lauder Companies 

®

U
S
F
O
O
D
S

A
N
N
U
A
L
R
E
P
O
R
T
2
0
2
3

9399 West Higgins Road, Suite 100

Rosemont, Illinois 60018

usfoods.com

2023